Document:

Deed of Tax Covenant

 Exhibit 10.3 
  
 Dated 17 August 2005 
  
 BOTAPOL MANAGEMENT B.V. 
  
 and 
  
 TAKIRRA INVESTMENT CORPORATION N.V. 
  
 and 
  
 RÉMY COINTREAU

  
 and 
  
 CAREY AGRI INTERNATIONAL POLAND Sp. z o.o. 
  
 and 
  
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION 
  
 TAX DEED OF COVENANT 
  
 

 
  
 One Silk Street 
 London EC2Y 8HQ 
  
 Telephone (44-20) 7456 2000 
 Facsimile (44-20) 7456 2222 
  
 Ref: Antoaneta Proctor/Katie Price 

 Tax Deed of Covenant 
  
 This Tax Deed of Covenant is made on 17 August 2005 between: 
  

	(1)	Botapol Management B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands whose registered office is at Wattstraat 61, 2723 RB Zoetermeer, the Netherlands (“Botapol
Management”); 

  

	(2)	Takirra Investment Corporation N.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands Antilles whose registered office is at Fokkerweg 26, Unit 301, Curaçao, Netherlands
Antilles (“Takirra” and together with Botapol Management, the “Sellers” and each a “Seller”); 

  

	(3)	Rémy Cointreau S.A., a company incorporated in France whose registered office is at rue Joseph Pataa, Ancienne rue de la Champagne, 16100 Cognac, France (the
“Guarantor”); 

  

	(4)	Carey Agri International Poland Sp. z o.o., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Poland whose registered office is at ul. Bokserska 66a, 02-680
Warszawa, Poland (the “Purchaser”); and 

  

	(5)	Central European Distribution Corporation, a company incorporated in Delaware whose registered office is at Two Bala Plaza, Suite 300, Philadelphia, United States of America
(“CEDC”). 

  
 WHEREAS: 
  

	(A)	This Deed is entered into pursuant to the provisions of an International Share Sale Agreement dated 27 June 2005 and made between the Sellers (1), the Guarantor (2) and the
Purchaser (3) (the “Agreement”). 

  

	(B)	The Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the performance of Botapol Management, an indirect subsidiary of the Guarantor, of its obligations under this Deed. 

 

	(C)	CEDC has agreed to guarantee the performance of the Purchaser, a subsidiary of CEDC, of its obligations under this Deed. 

  

	(D)	The obligations of the Sellers under this Deed are several. Accordingly, Botapol Management shall not have any liability for the performance of Takirra of its obligations under this
Deed and vice versa. 

  
 It is agreed as follows: 

 

	1	Interpretation 

  
 In this Deed, including the Schedule, the headings shall not affect its interpretation and: 
  

	 	1.1	unless otherwise defined, words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning wherever used in this Deed and the provisions of Clause 1 of the
Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Deed; 

  

	 	1.2	in the event of conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and this Deed, this Deed shall prevail; 

  

	 	1.3	the following expressions bear the following meanings namely: 

  

 1 

 “Accounts” means the audited balance sheet, statement of income, stockholders’
equity and cash flow: 
  

	 	(i)	in respect of Botapol Holding for the financial period ending 31 March 2005; 

  

	 	(ii)	in respect of Hillcroft for the financial year ending 31 December 2004; and 

  

	 	(iii)	in respect of Bols both of (a) for the financial year ending 31 December 2004 and (b) for the financial period ending 31 March 2005. 

  
 “Accounting Period” means any period in respect of which
Tax is or may be charged; 
  
 “Last
Accounting Date” means: 
  

	 	(i)	in respect of Botapol Holding and Bols, 31 March 2005; and 

  

	 	(ii)	in respect of Hillcroft, 31 December 2004; 

  
 “Purchaser’s Benefit” means any Taxation Benefit arising: 
  

	 	(i)	to any member of the Purchaser’s Group (other than a Company); or 

  

	 	(ii)	to any Company in respect of any Transaction occurring after the Closing Date or in a period ending after Closing or taken into account as an asset in preparing the Accounts;

  
 “Seller Group Company” means
any company which is a member of the Sellers’ Group; 
  
 “Straddle Period” means, in relation to any Company, an accounting period beginning before and ending after Closing; 
  
 “Taxation” or “Tax” means all forms of taxation (other than deferred tax (as that term is understood for book accounting
purposes)) whether direct or indirect and whether levied by reference to income, profits, gains, net wealth, asset values, turnover, volumes sold added value, any Transaction or other reference and statutory, governmental, state, provincial, local
governmental or municipal impositions, duties (but excluding any registration, stamp and transfer taxes and capital duties which are payable as a result of the Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents), contributions and levies
(including without limitation social security contributions and any other payroll taxes), in each case whenever and wherever imposed (whether imposed by way of a withholding or deduction for or on account of tax or otherwise) and whether chargeable
or attributable to any Company or any other person and all penalties, surcharges, charges, costs and interest relating thereto save to the extent such penalties or interest are attributable to unreasonable delay by the Purchaser or any member of the
Purchaser’s Group or, after Closing, any Company, or to the failure of the Purchaser to comply with its obligations under this Deed or the Agreement; 
  
 “Taxation Authority” means any Tax authority of competent jurisdiction with respect to any of the Companies; 
  
 “Taxation Benefit” means any Taxation benefit or advantage
including any loss, relief, allowance, exemption, set-off, deduction, reduction, postponement, roll-over, hold-over, repayment, recovery or credit available in the computation of any liability to Taxation; 
  

 2 

 “Tax Return” means any return, declaration, claim for refund, information return or
statement relating to Taxation which was filed or should have been filed with any Taxation Authority, including any schedule or attachment thereto; 
  
 “Transaction” includes any transaction, circumstance, act, event or omission of whatever nature and includes, without limitation, any
change in the residence of any person for the purposes of any Taxation and any change in accounting reference date; 
  

	 	1.4	references to “profits” include income, profits or gains (including capital gains) of any description or from any source and references to profits earned,
accrued or received include profits deemed to have been or treated as earned, accrued or received for Taxation purposes; 

  

	 	1.5	references to Tax, Taxation or Taxation payable shall include: 

  

	 	1.5.1	the loss or non-availability of, or reduction in the amount of, any Purchaser’s Benefit to the extent that such Purchaser’s Benefit has been taken into account as
an asset in the Accounts; 

  

	 	1.5.2	the cancellation, loss, non-availability or reduction in the amount of, or setting off against any Taxation liability, of a right to repayment of Taxation, to the extent that
such right has been taken into account in, or in computing a provision for Taxation in, the Accounts; and 

  

	 	1.5.3	the setting off against profits or against a Taxation liability (in either case in respect of which but for such setting off the Company concerned would have had a liability
to pay Taxation in respect of which a claim could have been made under this Deed) of any Purchaser’s Benefit, 

  
 and the amount of Taxation shall in such cases be deemed to be: 
  

	 	(i)	in a case within Clause 1.5.1 above, the amount of Taxation which would have been saved if the Purchaser’s Benefit had not been lost, reduced or set off or, as the case may be,
had been available; 

  

	 	(ii)	in a case within Clause 1.5.2 above, the amount of the repayment; or 

  

	 	(iii)	in a case within Clause 1.5.3 above, the amount of Taxation which would have been saved by use of the Purchaser’s Benefit but for such setting off; 

  

	 	1.6	references to the “Purchaser” shall, where the benefit of this Deed has been assigned under Clause 18.6 of the Agreement, mean the person or persons for the
time being entitled to the benefit of this Deed PROVIDED THAT the Sellers shall not, in any circumstance, be required to make a greater payment to such person or persons than it would have had to make had the benefit of this Deed not been assigned;

  

	 	1.7	references to the “Sellers” shall include either or both of them, as the case may be; 

  

	 	1.8	references to Clauses are to Clauses of this Deed unless otherwise specified. 

  

 3 

	2	Covenant 

  

	 	2.1	Subject to any other provisions of this Deed, the Sellers severally agree to each pay to the Purchaser on the due date for payment an amount equal to one half of the amount
of: 

  

	 	2.1.1	any Taxation payable or suffered by any Company: 

  

	 	(i)	in respect of, or arising from, any Transaction effected or deemed to have been effected on or before the Closing Date; 

  

	 	(ii)	by reference to any profits earned, accrued or received by that Company on or before the Closing Date; or 

  

	 	(iii)	by reference to the net worth, asset value, turnover or added value of that Company on or before the Closing Date; 

  

	 	2.1.2	any Taxation affecting any Company in respect of, or arising from any Transaction completed after the Closing Date in pursuance of a legally binding obligation or an
arrangement, in either case whether or not conditional, incurred or entered into on or before the Closing Date (for the avoidance of doubt this shall not include any Transaction entered into between either or both Sellers and the Purchaser or any
Company pursuant to the share sale or the terms of the Agreement); 

  

	 	2.1.3	any liability of any Company to make a payment for, or repay in whole or in part, (other than to any other Company) any Taxation Benefit pursuant to any agreement or
arrangement entered into on or before the Closing Date to the extent such Taxation Benefit was taken into account as an asset in preparing the Accounts; 

  

	 	2.1.4	any payment (other than a payment due from another Company) which any Company fails to obtain in consideration for any Taxation Benefit to the extent such payment was taken
into account as an asset in preparing the Accounts; and 

  

	 	2.1.5	any reasonable third party costs and expenses properly incurred or payable by the Purchaser and the Companies in connection with, or in consequence of, any matter for which a
successful claim is made by the Purchaser under this Deed. 

  

	 	2.2	Any payments made under Clause 2.1 above shall be treated as an adjustment to the consideration paid by the Purchaser for the Shares under the terms of the Agreement.

  

	3	Exclusions 

  

	 	3.1	The Sellers shall not be liable under Clause 2.1 above to the extent that: 

  

	 	3.1.1	provision or reserve for such Taxation was made or otherwise taken into account in the Accounts; 

  

	 	3.1.2	such Taxation was discharged prior to the Closing Date; 

  

 4 

	 	3.1.3	the Purchaser has otherwise been compensated in respect of the matter giving rise to a claim under Clause 2.1, under the Deed or the Agreement or in any other manner;

  

	 	3.1.4	such Taxation arises in the ordinary course of business of any Company since the Last Accounting Date in accordance with such Company’s current accounting practices;

  

	 	3.1.5	such Taxation would not have arisen but for, or is increased as a result of: 

  

	 	(a)	any voluntary act of; or 

  

	 	(b)	disclaimer, withdrawal of claim or election made, or notice or consent given by, 

  
 the Purchaser or, after the Closing Date, any Company, which such Purchaser or Company knew or ought reasonably to have
known would give rise to such Taxation, other than: 
  

	 	(i)	an act in the ordinary course of business carried on by any Company at the Closing Date and which could not reasonably have been avoided; 

  

	 	(ii)	pursuant to a binding obligation or an arrangement entered into before the Closing Date; or 

  

	 	(iii)	at the joint written request of the Sellers or their professional advisers; 

  

	 	3.1.6	any Taxation which arises by reason of a voluntary disclaimer by any Company after the Closing Date of the whole or part of any Taxation Benefit to which it is entitled or by
reason of the revocation by any Company after the Closing Date of any claim for Taxation Benefit made (whether provisionally or otherwise) by it prior to the Closing Date, other than: 

  

	 	(i)	an act in the ordinary course of business carried on by any Company at the Closing Date and which could not reasonably have been avoided; 

  

	 	(ii)	pursuant to a binding obligation or an arrangement entered into before the Closing Date; or 

  

	 	(iii)	at the joint written request of the Sellers or their professional advisers, 

  

in each case where such Taxation Benefit was taken into account in, or in computing a provision for Taxation in, the Accounts; 
  

	 	3.1.7	such Taxation would not have arisen but for or has been increased by a failure or omission by any Company to make any claim, election, surrender or disclaimer or give any
notice or consent or do any other thing after Closing Date the making, giving or doing of which was taken into account or assumed in computing a provision for Taxation in the Accounts and requested by the Sellers under the provisions of this Deed or
otherwise or where the need for such claim, election, surrender, disclaimer, notice or consent is otherwise actually known to the Purchaser; 

  

 5 

	 	3.1.8	any liability would not have arisen, but for an act carried out or omitted to be carried out by the Sellers or any Company prior to the Closing Date at the written request of
the Purchaser; 

  

	 	3.1.9	any Taxation Benefit arising as a consequence of, or by reference to, a Transaction which occurred before the Closing Date, or in respect of a period ending on or before
Closing, is available to relieve or mitigate such Taxation within the later of (i) two years of such Taxation arising and (ii) 31 December 2007, except to the extent that such Taxation Benefit is taken into account as an asset in, or in computing a
provision for Taxation in, the Accounts; 

  

	 	3.1.10	any VAT payable by any Company with respect to a Transaction effected or deemed to have been effected by such Company on or before the Closing Date is:

  

	 	(i)	collected through receipt of payment of invoices issued by that Company with respect to such Transaction; and/or 

  

	 	(ii)	capable of being set off against VAT due from that Company with respect to Transactions effected or deemed to be effected after the Closing Date; 

  

	 	3.1.11	such Taxation arises or is increased as a consequence of any change in the accounting policy or practice adopted by the relevant Company after the Closing Date, except where
such change was necessary in order to comply with any applicable legal, regulatory, financial, reporting or other requirement in force on or before the Closing Date; 

  

	 	3.1.12	any Taxation arises or is increased as a consequence of any change in the law (including subordinate legislation) or its interpretation by the relevant courts or in the
generally published interpretation or practice of any Taxation Authority coming into force after Closing or to the extent that such Taxation arises or is increased by a change in any rate of Taxation after Closing; or 

  

	 	3.1.13	the income, profits or gains to which that Taxation is attributable were actually received by any Company on or before the Closing Date but were not reflected in the
Accounts. 

  

	 	3.2	The provisions of Clause 8.1.1 (Time Limitation for Claims) and Clause 8.3 (Maximum Liability) of the Agreement shall have effect as if expressly incorporated in this Deed.

  

	4	Due Date for Payment 

  

	 	4.1	The due date for payment under Clause 2.1 shall be as follows: 

  

	 	4.1.1	where a liability of the Sellers under this Deed arises from a liability of the Purchaser or any Company to make a payment or an increased payment of Taxation or a repayment
of any payment made prior to Closing in respect of a Taxation Benefit or an amount in respect thereof which has not at the date of the notice under Clause 6.1 been made, then: 

  

 6 

	 	(i)	in the case of a payment of Taxation in respect of which there is no provision for payment by instalments, the date falling five (5) Business Days before the latest date on which
that Taxation may be paid to the relevant Taxation Authority without a liability to, or further liability to, interest or penalties accruing; and 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a payment of Taxation in respect of which there is provision for payment by instalments, the date falling five (5) Business Days before each date on which an
instalment of such payment becomes payable (and so on each such date an appropriate proportion of the amount claimed shall be paid, such proportion to be notified by the Purchaser to each of the Sellers at least five (5) Business Days prior to such
date); 

  

	 	4.1.2	in a case within Clause 1.5.1 above, the date falling five (5) Business Days before the latest date on which Taxation becomes payable which would not have been payable had
the relevant Taxation Benefit not been lost, reduced or found to be unavailable without a liability to interest or penalties accruing (the amount payable to the Purchaser on any particular date in respect of the Taxation Benefit shall be only the
amount of Taxation which is payable on each date but which would not have been payable had the Taxation Benefit not been lost, reduced or found to be unavailable); 

  

	 	4.1.3	in a case within Clause 1.5.2 above, the date the repayment of Taxation would have been obtained; 

  

	 	4.1.4	in a case within Clause 1.5.3 above, the date on which the relevant Taxation liability would have been payable without a liability to interest or penalties accruing but for
the setting off of the relevant Taxation Benefit; and 

  

	 	4.1.5	in any other case, five (5) Business Days after a notice containing a written demand in respect of the matter for which the Sellers are liable is received from the Purchaser
pursuant to Clause 6.1 below. 

  

	 	4.2	Any liability of the Sellers hereunder shall be calculated and settled in the same currency as that of any amount payable under Clause 2.1. 

  

	 	4.3	Interest will accrue on any amounts owed by the Sellers or the Purchaser under this Deed from the due date for payment until the date such payment is made in accordance with
Clause 18.13 of the Agreement, provided that interest shall not accrue for any period in respect of which interest due to the relevant Taxation Authority is included in the payment due to be made under this Deed before application of this Clause
4.3. 

  

	5	Pre-Closing Computations 

  

	 	5.1	Subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of this Clause 5, the Sellers or their duly authorised agents shall, at the their own cost, prepare, submit and deal with
(or procure the preparation and submission of): 

  

	 	5.1.1	all Tax Returns and computations relating to Taxation; and 

  

 7 

	 	5.1.2	all claims, elections, surrenders, disclaimers, notices and consents for Taxation purposes in accordance with Clauses 5.2, and 5.10 below, 

  
 in respect of all periods relevant for Taxation purposes of each Company
ending on or before the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Accounting Periods”). 
  

	 	5.2	The Sellers may make, for Pre-Closing Accounting Periods, only such claims, elections, surrenders, disclaimers, notices or consents in respect of each Company that have been
assumed to be made by any Company in the Accounts or the notes to the Accounts. 

  

	 	5.3	The Sellers or their duly authorised agents shall deliver all tax documents relevant to the matters set out in Clause 5.1 above (the “Tax Documents”) to the
Purchaser for authorisation and signing prior to submission. The Purchaser shall procure that the Tax Documents are so authorised and signed as soon as reasonably practicable by or on behalf of the relevant Company. The Sellers hereby agree to
cancel within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Date any existing authority held by any employee or agent of, or an adviser to, the Sellers to sign Tax Documents on behalf of any Company with effect from the Closing Date. If a time limit is
imposed by law, a Taxation Authority or otherwise, in relation to any Tax Documents, the Sellers shall ensure that the Purchaser receives such Tax Documents no later than ten (10) calendar days before the expiry of the time limit.

  

	 	5.4	The Sellers shall procure that: 

  

	 	5.4.1	the Purchaser is kept informed of the progress of all matters relating to the Taxation affairs of the Companies in relation to the Pre-Closing Accounting Periods;

  

	 	5.4.2	the Purchaser receives copies of all written correspondence with any Taxation Authority insofar as it is relevant to the matters referred to in Clause 2.1 and 5.1 above; and

  

	 	5.4.3	the Purchaser’s reasonable written comments in relation to the matters referred to in this Clause 5 are taken into account by the Sellers when dealing with such matters.

  

	 	5.5	The Sellers agree to devote reasonable resources to dealing with pre-Closing Taxation affairs, and shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that they are finalised as soon
as reasonably practicable. The Sellers shall ensure that all Tax Documents are true and accurate in all respects and are not misleading. 

  

	 	5.6	The Purchaser shall procure that each of the Sellers is sent a draft of any Tax Return of any Company relating to the Straddle Period or a Pre-Closing Accounting Period if
such Tax Return relates to a matter (a “Relevant Matter”) which might affect the liability to Tax of the Sellers or the Sellers’ liability under Clause 2.1 at least ten (10) calendar days before its intended submission to a
Taxation Authority and shall procure that its final form contains such alterations as the Sellers may (acting jointly), within five (5) calendar days of receiving the draft Tax Return, reasonably require to avoid or reduce such liability.

  

	 	5.7	 Botapol Management or its duly authorized agents shall deliver to the Purchaser, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event no later than 60 calendar days
of the Closing Date, transfer pricing documentation as defined by Article 9a of the 

  

 8 

	 	 
Polish Corporate Income Tax Act (the “TP documentation”) regarding all qualifying transactions completed or entered into by Hillcroft or
Bols on or after 1 January 2001 and on or before 31 December 2004. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the foregoing sentence shall affect the Sellers’ liability under this Deed in respect of Taxation which is imposed directly as a result of
Bols and/or Hillcroft failing to provide TP documentation within 7 calendar days of a demand in writing by the Polish Taxation Authorities. Botapol Management or its duly authorised agents shall also deliver to the Purchaser no later that 60
calendar days after the Closing Date all information within Botapol Management’s possession or control which will be reasonably required by Hillcroft or Bols to complete the TP documentation for all qualifying transactions completed or entered
into on or after 1 January 2005 and before the Closing Date. 

  

	 	5.8	The Purchaser shall further procure that each of the Sellers receives a copy of any correspondence received by, or on behalf of, any Company which relates to any Tax Return
and concerns a Pre-Closing Accounting Period, a Straddle Period or a Relevant Matter and shall (without limitation of the Sellers’ rights under Clause 5.1 and 5.2 above) accept or procure the acceptance of any alteration reasonably required by
the Sellers (acting jointly) to avoid or reduce any liability to Taxation or under Clause 2.1 to any correspondence, election or claim to be sent by, or on behalf of, any Company to any Taxation Authority in relation to such Pre-Closing Accounting
Period or Straddle Period Tax Returns or in connection with a Relevant Matter (having given the Sellers reasonable opportunity (and no less than fifteen (15) Business Days or, if the Purchaser receives such correspondence etc. less than fifteen (15)
Business Days prior to any applicable time limit for it to supply a response, such time as is half of the period between receipt by the Purchaser and the applicable time limit) to consider any such correspondence, claim or election prior to their
being sent. 

  

	 	5.9	The Purchaser shall procure that the Sellers and their duly authorised agents are (on reasonable notice in writing to the Purchaser) afforded such reasonable access to the
books, accounts, personnel, correspondence and documentation of the Companies and such other reasonable assistance as may be required to enable the Sellers to discharge their obligations under this Clause 5. 

  

	 	5.10	Notwithstanding Clause 5.2, neither the Purchaser nor any Company shall be required to submit any claims, elections, surrenders, disclaimers, notices or consents to the
extent that such relate to a Purchaser’s Benefit (except for setting off of any VAT payable by any Company with respect to a Transaction effected or deemed to have been effected by such Company on or before the Closing Date against VAT due from
such Company with respect to Transactions effected or deemed to be effected after the Closing Date), and any agreement by the Purchaser or any Company in this respect shall be without prejudice to any liability of the Sellers that may arise in
respect of such Taxation Benefit. 

  

	 	5.11	 The Purchaser agrees that the Sellers shall continue to be in charge of Taxation litigation commenced prior to the Closing Date and shall cause the relevant
Companies being parties to such Taxation litigation not to withdraw any existing powers of attorney to conduct such Taxation litigation in the name and on behalf of the affected Company other than at the joint request of the Sellers, in which case
the Purchaser shall cause the respective Company to issue a new power of attorney to 

  

 9 

	 	 
such legal and tax advisors as may be indicated jointly by the Sellers. To the extent any of the: 

  

	 	(i)	liabilities relating to claims being the subject matter of such Taxation litigation; or 

  

	 	(ii)	costs associated with the conduct of such Taxation litigation, 

  
 have been included as a liability or have been otherwise provided for in the Accounts, the Purchaser shall, upon the joint written request of the Sellers,
cause the respective Company to promptly effect payment of the amount of relevant Taxation being the subject of such litigation and/or the costs associated with the conduct of such Taxation litigation, up to the amount of such Taxation included in
the Accounts. 
  

	 	5.12	This Clause 5 shall operate without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 6. 

  

	6	Claims 

  

	 	6.1	If the Purchaser or any Company becomes aware after the Closing Date of any matter which could give rise to a liability under this Deed, the Purchaser shall procure that
notice of that matter is given as soon as reasonably practicable to each of the Sellers and as regards any such matter the Purchaser shall itself or shall procure that the Company concerned shall at the joint request of the Sellers take such action
as they may reasonably request to deal with the matter but subject as set out in Clause 6.2 and Clause 6.3 below and subject to the Purchaser and the relevant Company being indemnified to their reasonable satisfaction by the Sellers against all
losses (including additional Taxation), costs, damages and expenses which may be incurred as a result. 

  

	 	6.2	The Purchaser and each Company shall be at liberty without reference to the Sellers to deal with any matter which could give rise to a liability under this Deed if the
Sellers delay unreasonably in giving any such request as is mentioned in Clause 6.1 above, provided that the Purchaser or Company concerned has notified each of the Sellers of its intention to so deal with the matter and has afforded the Sellers a
period of fifteen (15) Business Days to respond except that if there is a time limit for response to the relevant Taxation Authority and the Purchaser or a Company has notified the claim to the Sellers as soon as reasonably practicable under the
provisions of Clause 6.1 above, then the Sellers shall be afforded such shorter period to respond as shall end at least five (5) Business Days prior to the expiry of such time limit. 

  

	 	6.3	The Purchaser shall procure that the Sellers and their duly authorised agents are (on reasonable notice in writing to the Purchaser) afforded such reasonable access to the
books, accounts, personnel, correspondence and documentation of the Companies and such other reasonable assistance as may be required to enable the Sellers to exercise their rights under this Clause 6. 

  

	7	Purchaser’s Indemnity 

  

	 	7.1	The Purchaser shall pay the relevant Seller an amount equal to the amount of any Taxation (plus any third party costs and expenses which such Seller has incurred or paid in
connection with such liability to Taxation) for which that Seller or any member 

  

 10 

	 	 
of that Sellers’ Group has become liable and has paid by virtue of the failure of the Purchaser, a member of the Purchaser’s Group or any Company
after the Closing Date, to discharge such Taxation, except to the extent such Taxation: 

  

	 	7.1.1	is subject to a valid claim under this Deed by the Purchaser which has not been satisfied (or could be the subject of any such valid claim, assuming that a claim was made in
respect of such Taxation), in which case the Purchaser’s liability under this Clause 7.1 shall be reduced by the amount of the relevant Seller’s liability under Clause 2.1 of this Deed in respect of such claim and the Purchaser shall have
no further recourse against that Seller in respect of that Tax liability under Clause 2.1 of this Deed or otherwise (for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 7.1.1 shall not affect any claim the Purchaser may have under Clause 2.1
of this Deed against the other Seller in respect of such Tax liability); or 

  

	 	7.1.2	has been recovered under any relevant statutory provision. 

  

	 	7.2	The Purchaser agrees to pay to the relevant Seller an amount equal to any VAT for which that Seller has become liable as a result of supplies, acquisition, imports or
Transactions made by any Company after the Closing Date. 

  

	 	7.3	Clauses 4 and 6 above shall apply to Clause 7.1 as they apply to the covenant contained in Clause 2.1, replacing references to the Sellers by references to the Purchaser (and
vice versa) and making any other necessary modifications. 

  

	8	Recovery from Third Parties 

  

	 	8.1	If before the Sellers make any payment in discharge of any claim by the Purchaser under this Deed, the Purchaser or any Company recovers or is or becomes entitled to recover
(whether by payment, discount, credit, relief or otherwise) from any other person (other than a Company), including for the avoidance of doubt any Taxation Authority, any sum in respect of that Taxation, then: 

  

	 	8.1.1	the Purchaser shall procure that before steps are taken to enforce a claim against the Sellers following notification under Clause 6.1 above, all reasonable steps are taken
to enforce recovery from such other person, subject to the Purchaser and the relevant Company being indemnified to their reasonable satisfaction by the Sellers against all losses (including additional Taxation), damages, costs and expenses which may
be reasonably incurred, and keep the Sellers fully informed of the progress of any action taken; and 

  

	 	8.1.2	any actual recovery by the Purchaser or any Company, less any reasonable third party costs and expenses of recovery (including any Taxation which would not have been incurred
but for the recovery of that amount) shall reduce each Seller’s liability by an equal amount being half the amount recovered from any third person (other than a Company) or satisfy, as the case may be, such claim to the extent of such recovery.

  

	 	8.2	If the Sellers pay an amount in respect of Taxation under Clause 2.1 and any Company is or becomes entitled to recover (whether by payment, discount, credit, relief or
otherwise) from any other person (other than a Company) any sum in respect of that Taxation, then the Purchaser shall: 

  

 11 

	 	8.2.1	within five (5) Business Days of being or becoming so entitled, notify each Seller of such entitlement and shall, if so requested by the Sellers acting jointly and subject to
the Purchaser and that Company being indemnified to their reasonable satisfaction by the Sellers against all losses (including additional Taxation), damages, reasonable costs and expenses which may be reasonably incurred, take or procure that the
relevant Company takes all reasonable steps to enforce that recovery (keeping the Sellers fully informed of the progress of any action taken); and 

  

	 	8.2.2	within five (5) Business Days of recovering any such amount, account to each Seller an amount equal to (a) half of the whole of any sum so recovered (including any interest
or repayment supplement paid to the Purchaser or any Company) less any reasonable third party costs and expenses of recovery (including any Taxation which would not have been incurred but for the recovery of that amount) or, if less, (b) the amount
of any payment previously made by each of the Sellers in respect of such Taxation. 

  

	9	Savings 

  

	 	9.1	If the auditors for the time being of any Company certify in writing (at the joint request and expense of the Sellers) to the Sellers and the Purchaser that Taxation which
has resulted in a payment by the Sellers falling due pursuant to Clause 2.1 or the Tax Warranties gives rise to an actual saving (the “Saving”) of Taxation for any Company or the Purchaser, then an amount equal to half of the amount
of such Saving shall be allocated to each Seller and either (a) set off against any payment then due from that Seller under this Deed, or (to the extent that it is not so set off) (b) paid by the Purchaser to that Seller within five (5) Business
Days of the Saving being obtained. 

  

	 	9.2	If any Company or the Purchaser discovers that there has been a Saving, the Purchaser shall, or shall procure that the Company concerned shall, as soon as reasonably
practicable give full details thereof to the Sellers and supply to the Sellers such information as they may reasonably require (acting jointly) to verify the amount of the Saving. 

  

	 	9.3	For the purposes of Clause 9.1 a person obtains a Saving if as a result of the Taxation which results in a claim by the Purchaser under Clause 2.1 that person is relieved in
whole or in part of a liability to make some other payment of Taxation which it would otherwise have been liable to make or obtains a right to repayment of Taxation which would not otherwise have been available. 

  

	 	9.4	The Purchaser shall procure that each Company shall utilise any available Taxation Benefits to create and maximise a Saving, provided that the Purchaser shall not be obliged
to procure that such Taxation Benefits are so utilised to the extent other Purchaser’s Benefits are available to be utilised in priority to such Taxation Benefits. 

  

	10	Tax Groups 

  
 The Sellers represent to the Purchaser that no Company is a member of a group which makes a consolidated Tax Return. 
  

 12 

	11	Withholdings and Deductions 

  

	 	11.1	All sums payable under this Deed shall be paid free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs or counterclaims whatsoever save only as may be required by law. If
any deductions or withholdings are required by law the party making the payment shall (except in the case of interest payable under Clause 4.3) be obliged to pay to the other party such sum as will after such deduction or withholding has been made
leave the other party with the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such requirement to make a deduction or withholding, provided that if either party to this Deed shall have assigned the benefit (in whole or
in part) of this Deed, then the liability of the other party under this Clause 11.1 shall be limited to that (if any) which would have been had no such assignment taken place. 

  

	 	11.2	If any Taxation Authority charges to Taxation (or would charge to Taxation in the absence of any Taxation Benefits available to the recipient) any sum paid under this Deed,
then the amount so payable shall be grossed up by such amount as will ensure that after payment of the Taxation so charged (or which would have been so charged if any Taxation Benefits available to the recipient were ignored) there shall be left a
sum equal to the amount that would otherwise be payable under this Deed, provided that if either party to this Deed shall have assigned the benefit (in whole or in part) of this Deed, then the liability of the other party under this Clause 11.2
shall be limited to that (if any) which would have been had no such assignment taken place. 

  

	 	11.3	If the recipient of a payment made under this Deed receives a credit for, or refund of, any Taxation payable by it or similar benefit by reason of any deduction or
withholding for or on account of Taxation, then it shall reimburse to the other party such part of such additional amounts paid to it pursuant to Clause 11.2 above as the recipient of the payment certifies to the other party will leave it (after
such reimbursement) in no better and no worse position than it would have been in if the other party had not been required to make such deduction or withholding. 

  

	12	Miscellaneous 

  
 The provisions of Clause 10 (Guarantees), 16 (Confidentiality) and 17 (Other Provisions) of the Agreement shall apply to this Deed with any necessary
changes. 
  

	13	Effect of Discharge of Claim 

  
 For the avoidance of doubt, the Sellers shall remain liable in accordance with the terms of this Deed notwithstanding that any Taxation giving rise to a
liability to make a payment under Clause 2.1 of this Deed is or has been discharged or suffered by the relevant Company, whether before or after the date of this Deed and whether by payment or by the loss or utilisation of any Taxation Benefit or
right to repayment of Taxation. 
  

	14	Effect of Waiver, Release, etc. 

  
 Any liability under this Deed may in whole or in part be released, compounded or compromised or time or indulgence may be given by the person to whom the
liability is owed in its absolute discretion as regards any of the persons under such liability without this in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights against any other or others of those persons under the same or a like liability whether joint
and several or otherwise. 
  

 13 

	15	Illegality 

  
 If at any time any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, neither the
legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction, nor the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Deed, shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

	16	Governing Law 

  
 This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. 
  

	17	Deed 

  
 The signature or sealing of this document by or on behalf of a party shall constitute an authority to the solicitors, or an agent or employee of the solicitors, acting for that party in connection with this document
to deliver it as a deed on behalf of that party. 
  
 In witness whereof
this document has been duly executed as a Deed the day and year first before written. 
  

 14 

			
	 EXECUTED as a DEED by
  
 /s/ Loes Beukers

  
 /s/ Piet van Leijenhorst

	 	 }

	  
 duly authorised on behalf of
 BOTAPOL MANAGEMENT B. V.
	 
		
	 EXECUTED as a DEED by
  
 /s/ Markus Sieger

	 	 }

	  
 duly authorised on behalf of
 TAKIRRA INVESTMENT CORPORATION N.V.
	 
		
	 EXECUTED as a DEED by
  
 /s/ Hervé Dumesny

	 	 }

	  
 duly authorised on behalf of
 RÉMY COINTREAU S.A.
	 
		
	 EXECUTED as a DEED by
  
 /s/ William V. Carey

  
	 	 }

	 duly authorised on behalf of
 CAREY AGRI INTERNATIONAL
Sp. z o.o.
	 

  

 15 

			
	 EXECUTED as a DEED by
  
 /s/ William V. Carey

	 	 }

	  
 duly authorised on behalf of
 CENTRAL EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION CORPORATION
	 

  

 16Indenture dated 4/1/2005

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  
 IAAI FINANCE CORP. 
  
 to be assumed by and to
be merged with and into 
  
 INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

  
 11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of April 1, 2005 
  

  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
  
 Trustee 
  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture
Act Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	13.03
	       (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 13.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;13.02; 13.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	13.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 13.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	13.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	ARTICLE 1
	
	DEFINITIONS
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	 Definitions
	  	1
	 Section 1.02.
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	26
	 Section 1.03.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	26
	 Section 1.04.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	27
	
	ARTICLE 2
	
	THE NOTES
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	27
	 Section 2.02.
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	28
	 Section 2.03.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	29
	 Section 2.04.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	29
	 Section 2.05.
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	30
	 Section 2.06.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	30
	 Section 2.07.
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	42
	 Section 2.08.
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	42
	 Section 2.09.
	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	43
	 Section 2.10.
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	43
	 Section 2.11.
	  	 Cancellation
	  	43
	 Section 2.12.
	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	43
	
	ARTICLE 3
	
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	44
	 Section 3.02.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	44
	 Section 3.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	45
	 Section 3.04.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	46
	 Section 3.05.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	46
	 Section 3.06.
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	47
	 Section 3.07.
	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	47
	 Section 3.08.
	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	48
	
	ARTICLE 4
	
	COVENANTS
			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	48
	 Section 4.02.
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	48
	 Section 4.03.
	  	 SEC Reports
	  	49
	 Section 4.04.
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	49

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Section 4.05.
	  	 [Intentionally Omitted]
	  	50
	 Section 4.06.
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	50
	 Section 4.07.
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	50
	 Section 4.08.
	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	55
	 Section 4.09.
	  	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	56
	 Section 4.10.
	  	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	59
	 Section 4.11.
	  	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	63
	 Section 4.12.
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	65
	 Section 4.13.
	  	 Business Activities
	  	65
	 Section 4.14.
	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	66
	 Section 4.15.
	  	 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
	  	66
	 Section 4.16.
	  	 Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	68
	 Section 4.17.
	  	 Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	68
	
	ARTICLE 5
	
	SUCCESSORS
			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	 Merger and Consolidation
	  	68
	 Section 5.02.
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	69
	
	ARTICLE 6
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	 Default
	  	70
	 Section 6.02.
	  	 Acceleration
	  	71
	 Section 6.03.
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	72
	 Section 6.04.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	72
	 Section 6.05.
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	72
	 Section 6.06.
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	72
	 Section 6.07.
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	73
	 Section 6.08.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	73
	 Section 6.09.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	73
	 Section 6.10.
	  	 Priorities
	  	74
	 Section 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	74
	
	ARTICLE 7
	
	TRUSTEE
			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	74
	 Section 7.02.
	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	75
	 Section 7.03.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	76
	 Section 7.04.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	76
	 Section 7.05.
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	76
	 Section 7.06.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	76
	 Section 7.07.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	76
	 Section 7.08.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	77

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Section 7.09.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	78
	 Section 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	78
	 Section 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	78
	 Section 7.12.
	  	 Escrow Authorization
	  	78
	
	ARTICLE 8
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	79
	 Section 8.02.
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	79
	 Section 8.03.
	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	80
	 Section 8.04.
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	80
	 Section 8.05.
	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	81
	 Section 8.06.
	  	 Repayment to Company
	  	82
	 Section 8.07.
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	82
	
	ARTICLE 9
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	82
	 Section 9.02.
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	83
	 Section 9.03.
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	85
	 Section 9.04.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	85
	 Section 9.05.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	85
	 Section 9.06.
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	85
	
	ARTICLE 10
	
	[RESERVED]
	
	ARTICLE 11
	
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	 Guarantee
	  	86
	 Section 11.02.
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	87
	 Section 11.03.
	  	 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
	  	87
	 Section 11.04.
	  	 Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee
	  	87
	 Section 11.05.
	  	 Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	88
	 Section 11.06.
	  	 Releases
	  	88
	
	ARTICLE 12
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
			
	 Section 12.01.
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	89
	 Section 12.02.
	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	90
	 Section 12.03.
	  	 Repayment to Company
	  	90

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	
	ARTICLE 13
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 Section 13.01.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	91
	 Section 13.02.
	  	 Notices
	  	91
	 Section 13.03.
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	92
	 Section 13.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	92
	 Section 13.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	92
	 Section 13.06.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	93
	 Section 13.07.
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	93
	 Section 13.08.
	  	 Governing Law
	  	93
	 Section 13.09.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	93
	 Section 13.10.
	  	 Successors
	  	93
	 Section 13.11.
	  	 Severability
	  	94
	 Section 13.12.
	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	94
	 Section 13.13.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	94

  
 EXHIBITS 
  

					
	 Exhibit A
	  	–	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	 Exhibit B
	  	–	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 Exhibit C
	  	–	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	 Exhibit D
	  	–	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	 Exhibit E
	  	–	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of April 1, 2005 among IAAI Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“IAAI
Finance”), which will be merged with and into Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“IAAI”), with IAAI continuing as the surviving corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee. 
  
 The Company and the Trustee
agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 11% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
  
 DEFINITIONS 
  

	Section 1.01. 	Definitions. 

  
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 

 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition of IAAI by Axle
Holdings and Axle Merger pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement. 
  
 “Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger among IAAI, Axle Holdings and Axle Merger, dated as of February 22, 2005, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Additional Assets” means: 
  
 (1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and
Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business; or 
  
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of
such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person,
directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the
foregoing. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar,
co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or
exchange. 

 “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of
related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a
“disposition”), of: 
  
 (1) any shares
of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); 
  
 (2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or
line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (3) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 other than, in the case of (1), (2) and (3) above, 
  

(a) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or by the Company to a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
  
 (b) for purposes of the
provisions of Section 4.10 hereof only, a disposition subject to Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (c) any transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration
of less than $5.0 million; 
  
 (d) the sale,
lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.01 hereof; 
  
 (e) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in
connection with the compromise or collection thereof; 
  
 (f) the factoring of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements customary in the industry; 
  
 (g) the licensing of intellectual property; 
  
 (h) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (i) sales of accounts receivable and related assets of the
type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity; 
  
 (j) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables
Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (k) leases or subleases to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
  

 -2- 

 (l) pursuant to any foreclosure of assets or other remedy provided by applicable law to a
creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with a Lien on such assets, which Lien is permitted under this Indenture; provided that such foreclosure or other remedy is conducted in a commercially reasonable manner or in
accordance with any bankruptcy law; and 
  
 (m)
the sale or other transfer involving only Temporary Cash Investments. 
  
 “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
  
 (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 
  
 (2) the sum of all such payments. 
  
 “Axle Holdings” means Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

  
 “Axle Holdings II, LLC” means Axle Holdings
II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor in interest thereto. 
  
 “Axle Merger” means Axle Merger Sub, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” of the Company or any other Person
means (i) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (ii) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership; (iii) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function. 
  
 “Board of Directors
Approval” means the approval of a transaction by a majority of directors who do not have a personal stake in the transaction being voted upon, evidenced by a written resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing such transaction.

  
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Business
Day” means any day which is not a Legal Holiday. 
  
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any
Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for such equity. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount 

  

 -3- 

 
of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the amount of such obligation required to be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other similar amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a
penalty. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any of the following events: 
  
 (1) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of a Parent, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial
owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such Person shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent; 

 
 (2) during any period of two consecutive years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new individuals whose election by such Board of Directors of the Company or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the
Company was approved by any Permitted Holder or a vote of a majority of the individuals of the Company then still in office who were either on the Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
  
 (3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or 
  
 (4) the Company merges or consolidates with or into, or
sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as
defined in clause (1) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in
such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a Parent, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a
“beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such Person shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of such Parent. 
  
 The Transactions shall not
constitute or give rise to a Change of Control. 
  
 For purposes
of the foregoing, no Person who is a member of a “group” (as so defined) or a “beneficial owner” (as so defined) in respect of any such Voting Stock solely as a consequence of any agreement or arrangement with Permitted Holders
shall be deemed a member of such “group” or such a “beneficial owner” for so long as (without giving effect to such agreement or arrangement) the Permitted Holders “beneficially own” (as so defined) a percentage of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or any Parent or such surviving or transferee Person, as the case may be) at such time greater than that “beneficially owned” (as so defined) by such other Person. 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
  

 -4- 

 “Closing Date” means April 1, 2005. 
  
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

  
 “Commodity Agreements” means, in respect of a
Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary. 
  
 “Company” means (i) prior to the Effective Date, only IAAI
Finance and not any of its affiliates, and (ii) from and after the Effective Date, IAAI and not any of its subsidiaries; and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated
Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii)), determined, for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Effective Date, on a pro forma basis to give
effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period), and subject and giving effect to the following adjustments: 
  

(1) Incurrence of Indebtedness. If since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any
Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense
for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any
revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or
(B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation). 
  
 (2) Discharge of Indebtedness. If since the beginning
of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the commitments in respect
thereof have been permanently terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such
new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period. 
  
 (3) Sales. If since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any
business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated 

  

 -5- 

 
Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired,
retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer
liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale. 
  
 (4) Purchase. If since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or
otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any
such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), Consolidated EBITDA (plus adjustments which will only include annualized cost savings achievable within one year and which shall be itemized in an Officer’s Certificate delivered
to the Trustee by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company) and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness), as if
such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period. 
  
 (5) Adjustments for Acquired Person. If since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and
since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period. 
  
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to
any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired,
retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and
is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement
applicable to such Indebtedness to the extent of the remaining term of such Interest Rate Agreement). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such
Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -6- 

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such
period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) provision for all taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, value added, foreign or similar taxes;
(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense; (iii) depreciation, amortization (including but not limited to amortization of goodwill and intangibles and amortization and write-off of financing costs) and any non-cash impairment charges related to goodwill,
other intangibles or long-lived assets; (iv) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment or Indebtedness permitted by this Indenture (whether or not consummated or incurred); (v) the amount of any minority interest expense;
(vi) the amount, up to $0.5 million per year, paid to Kelso in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees; (vii) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos.
142 and 144, and the write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 and any other charges as a result of the application of purchase accounting; (viii) other non-cash
expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any other such charge which requires an accrual of or reserve for cash charges for any future period); and (ix) cash restructuring charges not to exceed
$2.5 million per year and not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations; (b) amortization of debt discount; (c) the interest portion of
any deferred payment obligation; (d) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; and (e) to the extent not otherwise included in such interest expense, Receivables
Fees; plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included
in such interest expense, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that gross interest expense shall be determined after
giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
  
 (1) any net income of any Person if such Person is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that the Company’s equity in the net income (but not loss) of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the
limitations contained in clause (2) below); 
  
 (2) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions
by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation 

  

 -7- 

 
applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released and (y) restrictions
pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture), except that the Company’s equity in the net income (but not loss) of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any
dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary and the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income up to the amount of loans, advances or other contributions, if any, made to such Restricted Subsidiary by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

  
 (3) any gain or loss realized upon the sale
or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors) and any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person; 
  
 (4) any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge (including, without limitation, option and severance expense, change
of control payments and all other fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Effective Date); 
  
 (5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 
  
 (6) any gains or losses in connection with any early
extinguishment of Indebtedness or the termination of any Currency Agreement in connection therewith; 
  
 (7) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements; 
  
 (8) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person
denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person; 
  
 (9) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards; and 
  
 (10) any increase in depreciation, depletion or amortization or any one-time non-cash charges (such as capitalized manufacturing profit in
inventory) resulting from the purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, merger or consolidation that is consummated after the Effective Date. 
  
 In the case of any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge not included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause
(4) above in any determination thereof, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee promptly after the date on which Consolidated Net Income is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such unusual or
nonrecurring gain, loss or charge. 
  
 “Consolidated Net
Worth” means the total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company ending at least 45 days
prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as 
  

 -8- 

 (1) the par or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock of the Company; plus

  
 (2) paid-in capital or capital surplus
relating to such Capital Stock; plus 
  
 (3) any
retained earnings or earned surplus; less 
  
 (a)
any accumulated deficit; and 
  
 (b) any amounts
attributable to Disqualified Stock. 
  
 “Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided, however, that
“Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term
“Consolidated” has a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means the credit agreement to be dated
on or about the Effective Date among the Company, the lenders named therein, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., as lead arrangers, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, in each case as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreements
extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing (whether or not contemporaneously) or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by
Section 4.09) or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreements and whether by the same or any
other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors and whether such refinancing or replacement is under one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional
lenders or trustees or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or letters of credit, together with related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guaranty agreements and security documents). 
  
 “Currency Agreement” means with respect to any Person any
foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreements or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary. 
  

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Deadline Date”
means September 22, 2005. 
  
 “Default” means any
event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that
such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  

 -9- 

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in
global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

  
 “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the
fair market value of any non-cash consideration that is received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition and that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s
Certificate. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer by considered to be outstanding when it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

  
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to
any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event: 
  
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 
  
 (2) is
convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such conversion or
exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable); or 
  
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, 
  
 in the case of each of clauses (1), (2) and (3), on or prior to the 90th day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for
provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the 90th day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, other than any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company. 
  
 “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Acquisition. 
  
 “Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) that is a sale of Capital Stock of the Company, or (y) a capital contribution to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Escrow Agent” means the escrow agent from time to time under the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Agreement dated as of
the date hereof between IAAI Finance, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as escrow agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee thereunder, as amended from time to time. 
  
 “Escrowed Property” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the
Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
  

 -10- 

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange
Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free
market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. The Fair Market Value of property or assets other than cash which involves (1) an
aggregate amount in excess of $1.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors and (2) an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0 million, shall have been determined in writing by a nationally
recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm. 
  
 “Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to any Receivables Entity, or by any Receivables Subsidiary, in each case in
connection with the Incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness, or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, including without limitation, any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (a) has no material assets other than securities of one or more
Foreign Subsidiaries and other assets relating to the ownership interest in any such securities and (b) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of
the Closing Date, including those set forth in: 
  
 (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants; 
  
 (2) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board; 
  
 (3) such other statements by such other entities as approved
by a significant segment of the accounting profession; and 
  
 (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in
staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. 
  
 All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. 
  

 -11- 

 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4),
2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Guarantee”
means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
  
 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to
maintain financial condition or otherwise), entered into in favor and for the benefit of the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation; or 
  
 (2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
  
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Guarantor” means any
Person Guaranteeing any obligation. 
  
 “Hedging
Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement. 
  
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
  
 “IAAI Assumption” means the assumption by IAAI and the
Subsidiary Guarantors of the obligations of IAAI Finance under this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Immaterial
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that, individually or in the aggregate, does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $100,000 and
whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $100,000. 
  
 “Incur” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a 

  

 -12- 

 
Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary and
Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by a Person shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it acquires such asset. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The
amortization or accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security, the accrual of interest, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends
on Disqualified Stock of the Company in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication:

  
 (1) the principal of in respect of
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 
  
 (2) the principal of in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
  
 (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with
respect thereto); 
  
 (4) all obligations of such
Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than twelve months after the date of placing
such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto; 
  
 (5) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 
  
 (6) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock
or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (other than any Preferred Stock issued by any Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

  
 (7) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of: 
  
 (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of
determination and 
  
 (b) the amount of such
Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
  
 (8)
Hedging Obligations of such Person; and 
  
 (9)
all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (8) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; 
  
 provided,
however, that Indebtedness shall not include any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Acquisition Agreement, any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other 

  

 -13- 

 
taxes owed or owing by such Person or advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in
the future. 
  
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended
or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect
Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Deposit” means the deposit made to the Escrow Agent of the Escrowed Property in an amount sufficient to redeem in cash the Notes
at the Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  
 “Initial
Notes” means (i) the first $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof, (ii) any Exchange Note, and (iii) any Note issued pursuant to Sections 2.06(a), (c), (e) or (f), Section 2.07 or
Section 2.10 hereof. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers”
means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB. 
  
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person
any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar
agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or of which it is a beneficiary. 
  
 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business) or other extension of credit (including by way
of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock,
Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof: 
  

(1) “Investment” shall include the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned directly or indirectly by
the Company in the Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be
deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 
  
 (a) the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 
  
 (b) the Company’s pro rata portion (proportionate to
the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
  

 -14- 

 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its
fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
  
 The amount of
any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect
of such Investment; provided that to the extent the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income,
such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof. For purposes of calculating the amount at any time of Restricted
Payments under Section 4.07(c)(15) hereof, the amount of such Restricted Payments constituting Investments shall be the amount of such Investments outstanding at such time. 
  
 “Kelso” means Kelso & Company, L.P., a New York-based private investment firm. 
  
 “Kelso Agreements” means the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of the Closing Date, among Axle Holdings, Inc., Axle Holdings II, LLC and the other parties thereto and the Financial Advisory Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2005, between Axle Merger and Kelso, in each case, as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are not required by law, regulation or executive order to be open in the State of New York. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to
be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Management Investor” means, the officers, directors, employees and other members of the management of any Parent, the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, or family members or relatives thereof, or trusts or partnerships for the benefit of any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors and legal representatives, who at any date beneficially own or have the right
to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent, and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Mandatory Redemption” means the mandatory redemption of all of the Notes at the applicable Mandatory Redemption Price in the event that,
for any reason, the IAAI Assumption is not consummated on or prior to the Deadline Date or the Acquisition Agreement is terminated on or prior to the Deadline Date. 
  
 “Mandatory Redemption Date” means (a) September 29, 2005 if the IAAI Assumption has not occurred on or
prior to the Deadline Date or (b) the fifth day (or if such day is not a Business Day), the first Business Day thereafter) following the termination of the Acquisition Agreement on or prior to the Deadline Date. 
  
 “Mandatory Redemption Price” means 100% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the Mandatory Redemption Date. 
  

 -15- 

 “Merger Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture among IAAI, certain of
its Subsidiaries party thereto and the Trustee, substantially in the form attached to the Escrow Agreement, to be entered into in connection with the merger of Axle Merger with and into IAAI, with IAAI as the surviving corporation. 
  
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means the
amount equal to the aggregate cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any
securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that were
the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other noncash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
  
 (1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and tax payments made with respect to
such Asset Disposition; 
  
 (2) all payments made
on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to
obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
  
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of
such Asset Disposition; and 
  
 (4) appropriate
amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after
such Asset Disposition. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds,”
with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage,
consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President,
the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. “Officer” of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer. 
  

 -16- 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee. 
  
 “Parent” means any of Axle Holdings II, LLC, Axle Holdings and any other Person of which the Company at any time is or becomes a
Subsidiary after the Effective Date. 
  
 “Parent
Expenses” means, without duplication, (a) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under or in compliance with applicable laws, applicable rules or regulations
of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any reports filed with respect to the
Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (b) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written
agreements with any such Person, (c) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, (d) other operational expenses of any Parent incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (e) expenses incurred by any Parent in
connection with any public offering of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such
expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to
be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 
  
 “Parent Taxes” means, without duplication, (x) any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to sales, use, transfer,
rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than federal, state or local taxes measured by
income and federal, state or local withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid by any Parent by virtue of its being incorporated or otherwise organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning
stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent), or being a holding company parent of the Company or receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the
Capital Stock of the Company, or having Guaranteed any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or having made any payment in respect of any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to
Section 4.07 hereof, or (y) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return with any Parent, amounts not to exceed the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the
Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax
attributes (such as net operating losses) that would be available to the Company (and any such Subsidiaries) from other taxable years if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with any such
Subsidiaries). 
  
 “Participant” means, with
respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date and any Related Business. 
  

 -17- 

 “Permitted Holders” means any of (a) Kelso and its Affiliates, (b) the Management
Investors (but only with respect to their “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of up to 10% in the aggregate of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent,
as the case may be), and (c) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such
Capital Stock. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with
its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 
  
 (1) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; 
  
 (2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all
or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business; 
  
 (3) Temporary Cash Investments; 
  
 (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems
reasonable under the circumstances; 
  
 (5)
payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary
course of business and not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
  
 (7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or upon bankruptcy or insolvency of creditors or customers; 
  
 (8) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the noncash portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition that
was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (9) Investments existing on the Effective Date; 
  
 (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Commodity Agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for bona fide business reasons and not for speculative purposes, and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 
  

 -18- 

 (11) Guarantees by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture; 
  
 (12) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables
Entity in any other Person in connection with the Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (13) that portion of any Investment where the consideration provided is Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent (other than
Disqualified Stock); 
  
 (14) the Notes; or

  
 (15) other Investments in an aggregate amount
outstanding at any time not to exceed $20.0 million. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 
  
 (1) Liens securing the Notes or any of the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (2) Liens existing on the Effective Date, together with any Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred
to refinance Indebtedness secured by Liens existing on the Effective Date; provided that the Liens securing the Refinancing Indebtedness shall not extend to property other than that pledged under the Liens securing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
  
 (3) Liens in favor of the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor on the property or assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom, of any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations) permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; provided
that (x) with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred in reliance on Section 4.09(d)(4), such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets that
secured such Indebtedness prior to the time the applicable Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) with respect to Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by
a Lien permitted under the Indenture and which has been Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any
material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness
so Refinanced; and 
  
 (5) other Liens;
provided that the maximum aggregate amount of outstanding obligations secured thereby shall not at any time exceed $5.0 million. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
  
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that
is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the 

  

 -19- 

 
distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person. 
  
 “Principal” of a Note means the
principal of the Note payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture
except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2005, among IAAI Finance and the Initial Purchasers. 
  
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) consisting of or Incurred to finance the deferred purchase price of an asset, conditional sale
obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement and other purchase money obligations, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed; and 
  
 (2) Incurred to finance the acquisition by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements; 
  
 provided, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred on or prior to the date that is 180 days after the acquisition by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such asset. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as
defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Qualified Receivables
Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a
Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now
existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in
respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions
involving accounts receivable. 
  
 “Receivable”
means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the
purchase of such goods and services on credit. 
  
 “Receivables Entity” means (x) any Receivables Subsidiary; or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets. 
  

 -20- 

 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of
discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing. 
  
 “Receivables Financing” means any financing of Receivables
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Receivables Entity in a Financing Disposition. 
  
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables to repurchase receivables (including Receivables,
accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivable (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles)) arising
as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action
taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
  
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in
the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all
rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business; and (b) is designated as a “Receivables Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors. 

 
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to
refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative
meanings. 
  
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date, Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09(d)(3) or Incurred in compliance with or permitted by this Indenture (including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, however, that: 
  
 (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated
Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
  
 (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an
aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value)
then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, interest, premiums and other costs and expenses in connection with the issuance of the Refinancing Indebtedness and repayment of the Indebtedness being
refinanced; and 
  
 (3) if the Indebtedness being
Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced; 
  

 -21- 

 provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include: 
  
 (a) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Subsidiary Guarantor) that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company; or 
  
 (b) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless immediately after the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds
thereof, such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may
be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to the registration of such Additional Notes, and any Notes issued in exchange therefor, under the Securities Act. 

 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note”
means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
  
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing each of the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon
expiration of the Restricted Period. 
  
 “Regulation S
Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing each of the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(3), the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Related Business” means any business related, ancillary or
complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  

 -22- 

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
  
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien. “Secured Indebtedness” of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Article 1, Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
  
 “Standard Receivable Obligations” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other
obligations (including Guarantees and Indebtedness) which are reasonably customary in a Financing Disposition (as determined by the Company in good faith), including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables
Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Receivable Obligation. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment
of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency). 
  
 “Subordinated Obligation” means
any Indebtedness of the Company (other than such Indebtedness as is described in Section 4.09(d)(2) hereof) (whether outstanding on the Effective Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant
to a written agreement. “Subordinated Obligation” of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning with respect to Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to a written
agreement. 
  
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means
any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting
agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, members of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

  
 (1) such Person, 
  
 (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person
or 
  
 (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person, or 

  

 -23- 

 
any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general
partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means each Guarantee of the obligations with respect to the Notes issued by a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “Subsidiary
Guarantor” means (i) as of the Effective Date, Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., IAA Services, Inc. and IAA Acquisition Corp. and (ii) any Subsidiary that has issued a Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 “Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

  
 (1) any investment in U.S. Government
Obligations or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof; 
  
 (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of
acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits
aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization
(as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); 
  
 (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above; 
  
 (4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than
270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with
a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” (or higher) according to Standard and Poor’s
Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”); 
  
 (5) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; 
  
 (6) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in
securities of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution); 
  
 (7) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor
rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and 
  
 (8) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business. 
  

 -24- 

 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 

 
 “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any
accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods, materials or services. 

 
 “Transaction Documents” means the Kelso Agreements, the
agreements relating to the Acquisition, the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Kelso Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements
relating thereto, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Transactions” means the Acquisition and the financings thereof and the various other transactions and payments relating thereto. 
  
 “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of
the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters. 
  
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving
hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note”
means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary of the
Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including
any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or
any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either: 
  
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
  
 (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than
$1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.07. 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
  
 (x) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
under Section 4.09(b) of this Indenture and 
  
 (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  

 -25- 

 Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board
of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
the foregoing provisions. 
  
 “U.S. Government
Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and
credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital
Stock or other interests (including partnership interests and limited liability company interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
members of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees thereof. 
  
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or similar immaterial equity interests) is owned by the Company or another
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. 
  

	Section 1.02. 	Other Definitions. 

  

				
	 Term

	  	Defined
in Section

	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11	 
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03	 
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01	 
	 “Guarantee Blockage Notice”
	  	11.02	(c)
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02	 
	 “Offer”
	  	4.10	 
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	4.10	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.10	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03	 
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	4.10	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07	 
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01	 

  

	Section 1.03. 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  

 -26- 

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes;

  
 “indenture security holder”
means a Holder of a Note; 
  
 “indenture
to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, and
any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

	Section 1.04. 	Rules of Construction. 

  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (5)
“will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
  
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or
rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE 2

  
 THE NOTES 
  

	Section 2.01. 	Form and Dating. 

  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may
have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Company
is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officer or Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided always that any such notation, legend,
endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note will 

  

 -27- 

 
be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be issued in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple of $1,000. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the
Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the
extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and
the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, by adjustments made thereon and/or in the records of the
Custodian to reflect exchanges and redemptions as herein after provided. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by
the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  

(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will, unless (in the case of Additional Notes) the Company
otherwise notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee, as Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
  
 Following the termination of
the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication
of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made thereon and/or on the records of the Trustee, the Custodian or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
  
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of
the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream
will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  

	Section 2.02. 	Execution and Authentication. 

  
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  

 -28- 

 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note
will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication
Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of
Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

 

	Section 2.03. 	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

  
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and
an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any
of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The
Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

 

	Section 2.04. 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

  
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders
or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  

 -29- 

	Section 2.05. 	Holder Lists. 

  
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders
and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in
writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  

	Section 2.06. 	Transfer and Exchange. 

  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company
for Definitive Notes if: 
  
 (1) the Depositary
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120
days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
  
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided
that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule
903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or 
  
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and the Depositary requests such exchange. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct
the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except as provided in this Section 2.06(a). A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as
provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  

 -30- 

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange
of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Neither the Company nor any agent of the Company shall have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will
require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests
in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to
effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
  
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the
transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company) either: 
  
 (A) both: 
  
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
  
 (B) both: 
  
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 
  
 provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities
Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee, the Custodian or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, shall adjust
the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
  
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof 

  

 -31- 

 
in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the
Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

  
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in
the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and opinion of counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

  
 (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, provides the certifications required by the
applicable Letter of Transmittal and Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  

 -32- 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

  
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and opinion of counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  

 -33- 

 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  

the Trustee, the Custodian or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to
Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
  
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, provides in the certifications required by
the applicable Letter of Transmittal and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and
applicable law; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected
by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the 

  

 -34- 

 
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar or
the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee, the Custodian or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or
through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant
to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth 

  

 -35- 

 
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and opinion of counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of
clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, provides the certifications required by the applicable Letter of
Transmittal and Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and applicable law; or 
  
 (D)
the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if
the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes
proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 -36- 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee
will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request
for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial
interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and
such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar and the Company duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition,
the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and opinion of counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and
applicable law and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, provides the certifications 

  

 -37- 

 
required by the applicable Letter of Transmittal and Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; 
  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar or the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted
Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f)
Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes and/or Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes, or the Restricted Definitive
Notes, as the case may be, accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law. 
  
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee, the Custodian or the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, will cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly. 
  
 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this
Indenture. 
  

 -38- 

 (1) Private Placement Legend. (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below,
each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”),
AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT
WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND
AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF
THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE
COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

  

 -39- 

 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE
DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS
HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY
TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
  
 (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The
Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE
REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V., AS
OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEAR- 

  

 -40- 

 
STREAM BANKING, S.A. NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST
HEREON.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global
Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be
returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee, the Custodian or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, the Custodian or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and
Exchanges. 
  
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other
than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (4) All
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
  
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
  
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
Note being redeemed in part; or 
  
 (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  

 -41- 

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and
the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (8) All certifications, certificates and opinions of counsel required to be submitted to the Trustee and/or the Company pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile unless the Trustee or the Company otherwise require. 
  
 The Trustee shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.06 (including all Notes
received for transfer pursuant to Section 2.06). The Company shall have the right to require the Trustee to deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable
time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Trustee. 
  
 In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee and the Company shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the
certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due
authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer. 
  

	Section 2.07. 	Replacement Notes. 

  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft
of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may
charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement
Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  

	Section 2.08. 	Outstanding Notes. 

  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation,
those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  

 -42- 

 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying
Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
  

	Section 2.09. 	Treasury Notes. 

  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except
that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
  

	Section 2.10. 	Temporary Notes. 

  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

	Section 2.11. 	Cancellation. 

  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

	Section 2.12. 	Defaulted Interest. 

  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than
10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or
cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  

 -43- 

 ARTICLE 3 
  

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  

	Section 3.01. 	Notices to Trustee. 

  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30
days (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
  
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
  
 (2) the expected redemption date; 
  
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

  
 (4) the redemption price; and 
  
 (5) any conditions precedent to such redemption. 

 
 If the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to paragraph 8 of
the Notes (other than Exchange Notes), the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the redemption price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Company shall also notify the Escrow Agent concurrently with
its notification to the Trustee. In the case of a redemption pursuant to paragraph 8 of the Notes (other than Exchange Notes), the Company shall give notices to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent provided for in this Section promptly after the
occurrence of the event triggering the requirement to redeem the Notes. 
  

	Section 3.02. 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or
purchase on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate except: 
  
 (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
  
 (2) if otherwise required by law. 
  
 In the event of
partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.
Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a
multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply 

  

 -44- 

 
to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
  

	Section 3.03. 	Notice of Redemption. 

  
 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 12 hereof. 
  
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
  
 (1) the expected redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption
price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults
in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

  
 (8) any conditions precedent to such
redemption; and 
  
 (9) that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 3.07, such
notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed (but may not be delayed more than 60 days beyond the date the Company mails the applicable notice of
redemption) until such time as any or all such conditions are satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date.

  
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the
notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the expected
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  

 -45- 

 The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for the redemption of any other Note. 
  

	Section 3.04. 	Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price; provided that Notes called for redemption may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as provided in Section 3.07 of this Indenture, and included in the redemption notice
mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof. Such redemption may be extended or delayed, and such redemption may be rescinded, as provided in Section 3.03. 
  

	Section 3.05. 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, or any purchase date referred to in Section 4.10(d) or Section 4.15 hereof, as applicable, the Company will
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent
will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all
Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
  
 If a redemption is subject
to one or more conditions precedent that have been included in the redemption notice mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, and any of such conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived by the Company prior to the close of
business on the redemption date given in the notice of redemption mailed to the Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof (as such date may have been extended or delayed as provided in Section 3.03 hereof), or such redemption shall have been rescinded
as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, the Trustee or Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, on all Notes to be redeemed. If the Trustee returns the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed because such condition precedent has not been satisfied, then, within 15 days
following the redemption date given in the notice of redemption mailed to Holders (as such date may be have been extended or delayed as provided in Section 3.03 hereof), the Company will mail or caused to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice to
each Holder whose Notes were to be redeemed at its registered address, stating that (i) such redemption has been rescinded in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, (ii) any Notes surrendered for redemption by such Holder have been credited to such
Holder’s account or otherwise returned to such Holder, (iii) such Notes remain issued and outstanding and (iv) interest on the Notes did not cease to accrue and will continue to accrue pursuant to this Indenture, and including such other
information as determined by the Company, consistent with this Article 3. 
  
 Subject to the final sentence of this paragraph, if the Company complies with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 3.05, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to
the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply
with the first paragraph of this Section 3.05, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase 

  

 -46- 

 
date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.01 hereof. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption on the redemption date because one or more conditions precedent to redemption is not satisfied, interest shall continue to accrue on such Note
or the portions thereof called for redemption. 
  

	Section 3.06. 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	Section 3.07. 	Optional Redemption. 

  
 (a) At any time prior to April 1, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the original aggregate principal
amount of Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with funds in the aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 111% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);
provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption: 
  
 (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes)
remains outstanding immediately following such redemption; and 
  
 (2) any such redemption by the Company must be made within 90 days of the related Equity Offering and must be made in accordance with certain procedures set forth in this Indenture. 
  
 Any notice of such redemption may be given prior to the completion of the
related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

  
 (b) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes
will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to April 1, 2009. 
  

 -47- 

 (c) On or after April 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record
date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years indicated below. 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	105.500	%
	 2010
	  	102.750	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price or such redemption is rescinded as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 

 
 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

	Section 3.08. 	Mandatory Redemption. 

  
 (a) In the event that (i) the IAAI Assumption is not consummated on or prior to September 22, 2005 or (ii) the Acquisition Agreement is terminated on or
prior to September 22, 2005, for any reason, the Company shall redeem all the Notes at the applicable Mandatory Redemption Price on (a) September 29, 2005, in the event that the IAAI Assumption is not consummated on or prior to September 22, 2005,
or (b) the fifth day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) following the termination of the Acquisition Agreement. 
  
 (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.08(a), the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

  
 ARTICLE 4 
  
 COVENANTS 
  

	Section 4.01. 	Payment of Notes. 

  
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a
Business Day and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

 
 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	Section 4.02. 	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

  
 The Company will maintain an office or agency designated by it (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration 

  

 -48- 

 
of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission of any such designation, and the location and any change in the location, of such office or agency (other than the designation and location specified in the following
paragraph). If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company hereby designates the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

	Section 4.03. 	SEC Reports. 

  
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, from and after the Effective Date, the Company
will furnish to the Holders of Notes, cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes or file with the SEC, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required
to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file reports; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

  
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in
accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In
addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within
the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). The Company will at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  
 If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs with the SEC
within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the
preceding paragraphs on its website (if it then maintains a website) within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 
  
 (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports
required by Section 4.03(a), the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act. 
  

	Section 4.04. 	Compliance Certificate. 

  
 (a) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee,
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal 

  

 -49- 

 
year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that
to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, conditions and
covenants of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto)
and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of
the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, specifying such Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. 
  

	Section 4.05. 	[Intentionally Omitted] 

  

	Section 4.06. 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

  
 The Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

	Section 4.07. 	Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not make any Restricted Payment or any Permitted Investment except in connection with the consummation
of the Transactions, the IAAI Assumption and the transactions contemplated thereby, including any Investments deemed to exist by virtue of the Escrow Agreement. The foregoing will not prohibit the Company from paying a dividend or otherwise
distributing to the holders of its Capital Stock an amount equal to the excess of the Escrowed Property over the Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  
 (b) From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly to: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on
or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) to the holders of its Capital Stock in their capacity as such, except (x) dividends or
distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or, in the case of a Subsidiary, Preferred Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted
Subsidiary has stockholders or equity owners other than the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries, to its other stockholders or equity owners on a pro rata basis); 
  

 -50- 

 (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock
of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Capital Stock of any Parent; 
  
 (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment any Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Subordinated Obligations acquired in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund
obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition); or 
  
 (4) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any other Person; 
  
 (any such dividend, distribution, payment, purchase, redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, retirement, or other acquisition or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (A) a Default will have occurred and be continuing (or would
result therefrom); 
  
 (B) the Company could not
Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) hereof; or 
  
 (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to
be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Effective Date would exceed the sum, without duplication, of:

  
 (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Effective Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); 
  

(ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and Fair Market Value of property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to
the Company or from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) in each case, subsequent to the Effective Date (other than an issuance or sale to (x) a Subsidiary of the Company or (y) an employee stock ownership plan or
other trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent that Consolidated Net Worth increases as a result of such issue or sale to such plan or trust); 
  
 (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on
the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Effective Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Effective Date
which is convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent 

  

 -51- 

 
(less the amount of any cash or the Fair Market Value of other property distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or
exchange plus the amount of cash, property or assets (determined as provided above) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); 
  
 (iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Investments that was made after the Effective Date in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (x) payments of dividends, repayments of the principal of loans or advances or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (y) the redesignation of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and 
  
 (v) in the case of any disposition or repayment or return of all or any portion of any Investment that was made after the Effective Date,
other than a Permitted Investment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the
return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments and the initial amount of all such Investments. 
  
 (c) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (b) will not prohibit any of the following (each a “Permitted Payment”): 
  
 (1) the making of any Restricted Payment (x) in exchange
for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) from the substantially concurrent contribution of common
equity capital to the Company; provided, however, that: 
  
 (A) such Restricted Payment will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; and 
  
 (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale applied in the manner set forth in this clause (c) will be excluded
from the calculation of amounts under clause (4)(C)(ii) of paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (2) any prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Subordinated
Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Indebtedness of the Company that is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(d) hereof; provided, however, that
such prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (3) any prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase,
redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Subordinated Obligations (i) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 4.10 hereof (ii) to the extent provided by the agreement 

  

 -52- 

 
governing such Subordinated Obligations, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or, in the case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred
and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by or became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, any similar event), but only if, in each case, the Company shall have complied with Section 4.15 hereof
and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes tendered thereby prior to purchasing such Subordinated Obligations; and (iii) to the extent such Subordinated Obligations were Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by or became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation
of, the acquisition giving rise to the Incurrence of such acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that such prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value will be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (4) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied
with this covenant; provided, however, that such dividends will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of, or options to
purchase, Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former
directors), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell, such
Capital Stock or upon death, resignation or termination of employment, and loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to permit any Parent to make any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other
acquisition for value; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such purchases, repurchases, redemptions, retirements and other acquisitions for value will not exceed $2.5 million in any calendar year (which amount shall be
increased by the amount of any cash proceeds to the Company or any Parent from, or as a contribution to its capital from, (x) sales of Capital Stock to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries subsequent to the
Effective Date and (y) any “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases); provided that any unused amounts in one year can be carried forward to the next year, but cannot be carried
forward to any succeeding year; provided further, however, that such purchases, repurchases, redemptions, retirements and other acquisitions for value shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under
paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (6) loans, advances,
dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or permit any Parent to pay Parent Taxes or Parent Expenses; provided that such payments shall be excluded in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (7) the payment of fees and compensation as permitted under Section 4.11(c)(5) or (7) hereof; provided that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under
paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (8) repurchases of
Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or taxes due in 

  

 -53- 

 
connection with such exercise; provided that such repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under
paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (9) Restricted Payments
made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the provisions of any Transaction Document as in effect on the date of this Indenture, and as the same may be amended or replaced
either by a Board of Directors Approval or by any such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the date of this Indenture;
provided, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (10) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (11) the
distribution of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to holders of Capital Stock of the Company; provided that such distribution is made promptly following the formation of, and investment in, such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
provided further that such distribution (but not such investment) shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (12) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from purchasing all (but not less than all), excluding
directors’ qualifying shares, of the Capital Stock or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Capital Stock or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided that such purchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (13) loans, advances, dividends, distributions or other payments, not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate, to enable the Company or any
Parent to make payments to holders of its Capital Stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital Stock; provided that such loans, advances, dividends, distributions or other payments shall be excluded in the calculation of
the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; 
  
 (14) Restricted Payments made in connection with the Transactions; provided that such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph (b) above; or

  
 (15) Restricted Payments (including loans and
advances) in an aggregate amount at any time not to exceed $5.0 million (net of repayments of any such loans or advances); provided that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under paragraph
(b) above. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than
cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

  

 -54- 

	Section 4.08. 	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Subsidiary Guarantor, to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other
obligations owed to the Company; 
  
 (2) make any
loans or advances to the Company; or 
  
 (3)
transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, 
  
 except: 
  
 (A) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable
law, rules, regulations and/or orders or an agreement or instrument in effect at or entered into on the Effective Date (including this Indenture) and any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the Credit Facilities; 
  
 (B) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness
Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the properties or assets of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, other than the Restricted Subsidiary, or the property or assets of the Restricted Subsidiary, so acquired, or any Subsidiary thereof or the property or assets of any such Subsidiary; 
  
 (C) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
or instrument effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this Section 4.08 or this clause (C) or contained in any amendment, restatement, renewal, supplement or
replacement of an agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this Section 4.08 or this clause (C); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing agreement or amendment, restatement,
renewal, supplement or replacement are not materially less favorable taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors acting in good faith, to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreement;

  
 (D) in the case of clause (3), any
encumbrance or restriction: 
  
 (i) that
restricts the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset or right and is contained in any lease, license or other contract entered into in the ordinary course of business; or 
  
 (ii) contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness
of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements; 
  

 -55- 

 (E) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, any restriction imposed pursuant to an
agreement or instrument entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 
  
 (F) any encumbrances or restrictions contained in any Credit
Facilities extended to any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (G) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in connection with Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided
that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Entity; 
  
 (H) restrictions on the transfer of property or assets pursuant to any Permitted Lien; 
  
 (I) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in connection with any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted
to be Incurred subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, if (x) either (i) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant
contained in the terms of such agreement or instrument or (ii) the Company in good faith determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not cause the Company not to have the funds necessary to pay the principal of or interest on the Notes and
(y) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company in good faith); 
  
 (J) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in
connection with any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is acquired after the Effective Date; and 
  
 (K) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in connection with this Indenture and the Notes.

  

	Section 4.09. 	Limitation on Indebtedness. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not Incur any Indebtedness except the following: 
  
 (1) the Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$150.0 million; and 
  
 (2) Indebtedness of the
Company that is not secured by a Lien on any assets, property or Capital Stock owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which Indebtedness are used solely for deposit (or the purchase of Temporary Cash Investments to be
deposited) with the Escrow Agent in an amount not to exceed the amount necessary, together with net proceeds to the Company of the issuance of the Notes, to enable the Company to make the Initial Deposit. 
  
 (b) From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect
thereto (i) with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Effective Date, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1, (ii) with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the
date that is 18 months after the Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 36 months after the Effective Date, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater 

  

 -56- 

 
than 2.25:1 and (iii) with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the date that is 36 months after the Effective Date, the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio would be greater than 2.50:1. 
  
 (c) The Company will not,
and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will
be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor solely by virtue of such Indebtedness being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have agreed,
including by entering into one or more intercreditor agreements, to give one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them. 
  
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (b), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following
Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness under Credit
Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed $170.0 million; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or
any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof at the time of such issuance, transfer or
other event; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness (A) represented
by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Subsidiary Guarantees, (B) outstanding on the Effective Date (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above) and (C) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness; 

 
 (4) (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred
and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by or became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to
provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company);
provided, however, that on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) after giving effect to
the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4) and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4); 
  
 (5) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance bonds,
bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and surety or appeal bonds provided by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business or other similar instruments or obligations issued, or relating to liabilities
or obligations Incurred by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business (including those issued to governmental entities in connection with 

  

 -57- 

 
self-insurance under applicable workers’ compensation statutes), (B) in respect of the financing of insurance premiums by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of their business and (C) under Interest Rate Agreements entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company in the ordinary course of business, or otherwise in respect of any Credit Facility; 
  
 (6) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not incurred in violation of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (7) Indebtedness of a Receivables Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in
connection with, a Financing Disposition (which Indebtedness is, except for Standard Receivables Obligations, otherwise without recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than such Receivables Subsidiary));

  
 (8) Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary under Currency Agreements entered into, in the judgment of the Company, to protect the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates and not entered into for speculative purposes;

  
 (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by
a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
business days of Incurrence; 
  
 (10)
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with
the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition, provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross consideration actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
such disposition; or 
  
 (11) Indebtedness in an
aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and to remain outstanding immediately after such Incurrence, will not exceed $15.0 million. 
  
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated
restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the
Effective Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Effective Date; (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause
the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the
principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal 

  

 -58- 

 
amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and that is
incurred under any Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Effective Date; (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Credit
Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder; or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred
to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated
that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. For purposes of determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this covenant: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities on the Effective Date shall be treated as
Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (d) above, 
  
 (2) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more
other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and 
  
 (3) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 4.09, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify such Indebtedness and only shall be
required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses but may include the same in more than one of such clauses. 
  

	Section 4.10. 	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not consummate an Asset Disposition except in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and
the transactions contemplated by the Escrow Agreement including the IAAI Assumption and related release to IAAI of the Escrowed Property. 
  
 (b) From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

  
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair value, as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors, of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Disposition; 
  
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received is in the form of cash or Temporary Cash Investments; and 
  
 (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from
such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be): 
  
 (A) first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, purchase,
repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under any Credit Facility or Indebtedness (other than obligations in respect of Preferred Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary that
is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case other than Indebtedness 

  

 -59- 

 
owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and other than obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock) within 365 days after the later of the date
of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; 
  
 (B) second, to the extent of the balance of Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to reinvest in Additional Assets
to be owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash) within 365 days from the later of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash, or, if such reinvestment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will commence within 365 days but that will take longer than 365 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such
project; 
  
 (C) third, to the extent of
the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an Offer (as defined in Section 4.10(c) below) to purchase the Notes pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.10(c);
provided, however, that if the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations)), such Offer may be made ratably to purchase the Notes and such other Indebtedness of the
Company; and 
  
 (D) fourth, to the extent
of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A), (B) and (C), for any general corporate purpose permitted by the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A), (C) or (D) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be
permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, purchased, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise acquired for value. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required
to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash for all Asset Dispositions that is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $10.0 million. 
  
 For the purposes of this Section 4.10, the following are deemed to be cash:

  
 (A) the amount of any liabilities (as shown
on the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or the notes thereto and other than obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is
a Subsidiary Guarantor) (i) that is assumed by the transferee of such assets and from which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are unconditionally released or indemnified against by such transferee or (ii) in respect of which neither the
Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary following such Asset Disposition has any obligation, 
  
 (B) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that within 60 days are converted by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, and 
  

 -60- 

 (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) 2.0% of
the total assets less the goodwill, net, and other intangible assets, net, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the most recent date for which a consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is available, and (y) $10.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
  
 Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.10, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Disposition without complying with such paragraphs to the
extent that: 
  
 (1) at least 75% of the
consideration for such Asset Disposition constitutes Additional Assets; and 
  
 (2) such Asset Disposition is for at least fair value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided that the Net Available Cash from any consideration not constituting Additional Assets
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Disposition permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of the two preceding paragraphs; 
  
 provided that at the time of entering into such transaction or immediately after
giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
  
 (c) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(3)(C), the Company (i) will be required to
purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company to the Holders for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to
the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription), set
forth in this Indenture; and (ii) may purchase other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations) of the Company on the terms and to the extent contemplated thereby (provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase such
other Indebtedness of the Company at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount (without premium), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon). If the aggregate purchase price of Notes (and other
Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations)) tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Notes (and such other Indebtedness (including Liquidated Damages, if any)), the Company will apply
the remaining Net Available Cash in accordance with Section 4.10(b)(3)(D). The Company will not be required to make an Offer for Notes (and such other Indebtedness) pursuant to this Section 4.10 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after
application of the proceeds as provided in clauses (b)(3)(A) and (B)) is less than $10.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amount will be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect
to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). 
  
 (d) In the event that, pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Company is required to commence an Offer to all Holders to purchase Notes, it will follow the procedures specified below. 
  

 -61- 

 The Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Indenture. The Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business
Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer
Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Net Available Cash (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with Section 4.10(c). Payment
for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name
a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer. 
  

Upon the commencement of an Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain
all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Offer, will state: 
  
 (1) that the Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.10, and the length of time the Offer will remain
open; 
  
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase
price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (3) that any
Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant
to an Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (7) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by
holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
surrendered (with such adjustments 

  

 -62- 

 
as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and 

 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part
will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the
Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly
(but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will
promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion
of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 (f) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue thereof. 
  

	Section 4.11. 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

  
 (a) Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not enter into or permit to exist any Affiliate Transactions (as defined below) other than in connection
with the consummation of the Transactions, the IAAI Assumption and the transactions contemplated thereby. 
  
 (b) From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or
conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless such
transaction is on terms: 
  
 (1) that are fair
and reasonable to, and in the best interest of, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; 
  
 (2) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million;

  
 (A) are set forth in writing; and 

 
 (B) have been approved by a majority of the members of
the Board of Directors; and 
  

 -63- 

 (3) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $20.0
million, have been determined by a nationally recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm to be fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. 
  
 (c) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (b) will not prohibit:

  
 (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be
paid pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof, any Permitted Payment or any Permitted Investments; 
  
 (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of,
employment arrangements, stock or equity options and stock or equity ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors; 
  
 (3) the grant of stock or equity options or similar rights to employees and directors or members of the Board of Directors of the Company
or its Subsidiaries pursuant to plans and/or contracts approved by the Board of Directors; 
  
 (4) loans or advances to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in
accordance with past practices of the Company, but in any event not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
  
 (5) the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, and the provision of indemnity on behalf of, directors, officers, employees,
consultants or members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; 
  
 (6) any transaction between the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (7) any transaction or any payment pursuant to or
contemplated by the provisions of any Transaction Document as in effect on the date of this Indenture, and as the same may be amended or replaced either by a Board of Directors Approval or by any such amendment or replacement that is not materially
more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the date of this Indenture; 
  
 (8) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
  
 (9) the granting or performance of registration rights under a written registration rights agreement
approved by the Board of Directors and containing customary terms, taken as a whole; 
  
 (10) transactions with Persons solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, where such Persons are treated no more favorably than holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally; 
  
 (11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services in the
ordinary course of business; 
  

 -64- 

 (12) sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) for any consideration or any capital contribution; 
  
 (13) any agreement as in effect on the Effective Date and any amendment or supplement thereto or any replacement or renewal thereof or any
transaction completed pursuant to such amendment, supplement, renewal or replacement agreement (including pursuant to any amendment thereto), so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders of Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Effective Date; 
  
 (14) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof; 
  
 (15) execution, delivery and performance of a tax sharing
agreement with respect to any of the charges, taxes or assessments described in the definition of “Parent Taxes”; 
  
 (16) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity (in which no other Affiliate of the Company, other than a Restricted Subsidiary, owns any Capital Stock); and 
  
 (17) any agreement to do any of the foregoing. 

 

	Section 4.12. 	Limitation on Liens. 

  
 Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind against or upon any of its property or
assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom, which secures any Indebtedness other than as contemplated by the Escrow Agreement. 
  
 The Company may not Incur after the Effective Date any Secured Indebtedness, other than Secured Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens, unless
contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) such Secured Indebtedness for so long as such
Secured Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on any property or assets of the Company. A Subsidiary Guarantor may not Incur any Secured Indebtedness, other than Secured Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens, unless contemporaneously therewith
effective provision is made to secure the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantee) such Secured
Indebtedness for as long as such Secured Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on any property or assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  

	Section 4.13. 	Business Activities. 

  
 Prior to the Effective Date, the Company will not engage in any business operations other than those in connection with the issuance of the Notes, the
Escrow Agreement and the Transactions. 
  
 From and after the
Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole. 
  

 -65- 

	Section 4.14. 	Corporate Existence. 

  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership
or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
  
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the corporate,
partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the maintenance and preservation thereof is in the judgment of the Company no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole. 
  

	Section 4.15. 	Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control. 

  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of any Credit Facility restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes
pursuant to this Section 4.15, then prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders provided for in the immediately following paragraph but in any event within 90 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control,
the Company shall: 
  
 (1) repay in full all
Indebtedness under Credit Facilities the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or if doing so will allow the purchase of the Notes, offer to repay in full all Indebtedness under such Credit Facilities and repay the Indebtedness
under such Credit Facilities of each lender who has accepted such offer; or 
  
 (2) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing the Credit Facilities the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in the
immediately following paragraph. 
  
 (b) Not later than 30 days
following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating: 
  
 (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such
Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 
  
 (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 
  

 -66- 

 (3) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 90 days from
the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
  
 (4) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (5) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) in
respect of any Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; 
  
 (8) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or
an integral multiple thereof; 
  
 (9) such other
instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.15 and this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and 
  
 (10) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned
on the occurrence of such Change of Control. 
  
 (c) The Company
will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this covenant by virtue
thereof. 
  
 (d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the
Company will, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (1)
accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

  

 -67- 

 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together
with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
  
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly
tendered 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note
equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the
Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section
4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless or until (i) there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption prices or(ii) the Company fails to pay the applicable redemption price on the redemption date (as such redemption date may be extended or delayed, or such redemption may be rescinded, as provided in Section 3.03 hereof). 
  
 (f) The Transactions shall not constitute or give rise to a Change of
Control. 
  

	Section 4.16. 	Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 From and after the Effective Date, the Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of its
Preferred Stock except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

	Section 4.17. 	Future Subsidiary Guarantors. 

  
 On the Effective Date, Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., IAA Services, Inc. and IAA Acquisition Corp. will provide a Guarantee of payment of the Notes. From
and after the Effective Date, the Company will cause each existing and future Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness (other than Immaterial Indebtedness)
of the Company to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, and if applicable, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form set forth in this Indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will, jointly and severally, fully and
unconditionally Guarantee on an unsecured senior basis the Guaranteed Obligations within 10 business days of the date on which it enters into such guarantee of Indebtedness (other than Immaterial Indebtedness) of the Company; provided that
any such future Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Subsidiary Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
  
 SUCCESSORS 
  

	Section 5.01. 	Merger and Consolidation. 

  
 (a) Except for or in connection with the IAAI Assumption, the related release of the Escrowed Property and the Acquisition, prior to the Effective Date,
the Company will not, in a single transaction 

  

 -68- 

 
or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets to, another Person or Persons. 
  
 Upon the execution and delivery by IAAI to the Trustee of a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which IAAI assumes IAAI Finance’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, IAAI will be the successor obligor under this Indenture
and the Notes and will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of IAAI Finance under this Indenture and the notes and IAAI Finance will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the
Notes. 
  
 (b) From and after the Effective Date, the Company will
not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 
  
 (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture and registration rights agreement (if applicable), executed and
delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable); 
  
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such
transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions on a pro forma basis either (i) the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under
Section 4.09(b) hereof or (ii) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company would be greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and 
  
 (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
  
 (c) This Section 5.01 shall not apply to the Transactions. 
  

	Section 5.02. 	Successor Corporation Substituted. 

  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Company herein. Notwithstanding Section 5.01 hereof, this Section 5.02 shall apply to the Transactions as if the Transactions are subject to, and comply with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

 

 -69- 

 The Company may merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to
(x) an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary (including a Subsidiary Guarantor) so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiary
immediately prior to such transaction are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof 
  
 ARTICLE 6 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	Section 6.01. 	Default. 

  
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
  

(1) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, which default continues for a period of 30 days; 

 
 (2) a default in the payment of principal of any Note
when due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon required redemption or repurchase (including failure to make a payment to purchase Notes pursuant to the Mandatory Redemption), upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
  
 (3) a default in the observance or performance of any other
covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; 
  
 (4) the failure to pay at the Stated Maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
a Receivables Entity) of the Company, or the acceleration of the Stated Maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of
notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at the Stated Maturity or which has been accelerated
(in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $20.0 million or more at any time; 
  
 (5) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
  
 (C) consents to the
appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
  

 -70- 

 (6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law
that: 
  
 (A) is for relief against the Company
or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
  
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary; or 
  
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for
60 consecutive days; 
  
 (7) the rendering of any
judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $20.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary if: 
  

(A) an enforcement proceeding thereon is commenced by any creditor, or 
  
 (B) such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days after such judgment becomes final
and not appealable and is not discharged, paid, waived or stayed; or 
  
 (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is
effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
  
 However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the default and the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, does not cure such default within the time specified in
clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice. 
  

	Section 6.02. 	Acceleration. 

  
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(5) or Section 6.01(6)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a
declaration, such principal and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(5) or Section 6.01(6) relating to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
  
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may,
on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if 

  

 -71- 

 
the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or
Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  

	Section 6.03. 	Other Remedies. 

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
  

	Section 6.04. 	Waiver of Past Defaults. 

  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Notes; provided, however, that the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

 

	Section 6.05. 	Control by Majority. 

  
 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly
prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of Notes or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  

	Section 6.06. 	Limitation on Suits. 

  
 A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
  
 (1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
  
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (4)
the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
  

 -72- 

 (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  

	Section 6.07. 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, and interest on the Note, on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  

	Section 6.08. 	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

	Section 6.09. 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor
upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of,
any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

 -73- 

	Section 6.10. 	Priorities. 

  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for
amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and
unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any
and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third:
to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  

	Section 6.11. 	Undertaking for Costs. 

  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section
6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 7 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  

	Section 7.01. 	Duties of Trustee. 

  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use
the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will
examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that: 
  
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  

 -74- 

 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on
any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

	Section 7.02. 	Rights of Trustee. 

  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may require an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization
and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an
Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and
expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  

 -75- 

	Section 7.03. 	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee
(if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  

	Section 7.04. 	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

  
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
  

	Section 7.05. 	Notice of Defaults. 

  
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90
days after it occurs or 30 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note
(including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

  

	Section 7.06. 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

  
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no
report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company
and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  

	Section 7.07. 	Compensation and Indemnity. 

  
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time in writing for
its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, except any such disbursement, advance or expense as may be attributable to its negligence or 

  

 -76- 

 
bad faith. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 (b) The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee
against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate
in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent. 
  
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under this
Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a claim prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such claim will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) hereof occurs, the expenses and
the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  

	Section 7.08. 	Replacement of Trustee. 

  
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance
of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 (b) The
Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the
Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; 
  
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes
charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4)
the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  

 -77- 

 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason,
the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 (d) If a successor
Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (f) A successor
Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers
and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

	Section 7.09. 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the
successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
  

	Section 7.10. 	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

  
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any
state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in
its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This
Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  

	Section 7.11. 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed
shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  

	Section 7.12. 	Escrow Authorization 

  
 Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, including related documents thereto, as the
same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto (provided that no amendment that would materially adversely 

  

 -78- 

 
affect the rights of the Holders may be effected without the consent of each Holder affected thereby), and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into
the Escrow Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions
of the Escrow Agreement, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest in the Permitted Investments contemplated hereby, by the Escrow Agreement or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available
for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein expressed. The Company shall take, or shall cause to be taken, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably
required to cause the Escrow Agreement to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Escrow Agreement, valid and enforceable first priority perfected liens in and on all
the Permitted Investments, in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Holders, superior to and prior to the rights of third Persons and subject to no other Liens. 
  
 ARTICLE 8 
  
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  

	Section 8.01. Option	to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
  

	Section 8.02. 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated
Damages, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (4) this Article 8. 
  

 -79- 

 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  

	Section 8.03. 	Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16,
4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clauses (2) and (3) of Section 5.01 hereof and clause (1) of Section 11.05 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that,
with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a
Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section 6.01(3) and 6.01(4) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 
  

	Section 8.04. 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
  
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the
Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
  
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
  
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
  
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax 

  

 -80- 

 
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (4) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
  
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound; 
  
 (6) the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any
creditors of the Company or others; and 
  
 (7)
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2)
above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year, or are to
be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 
  

	Section 8.05. 	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
  
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against
any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 

  

 -81- 

 
8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in
this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof
that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

	Section 8.06. 	Repayment to Company. 

  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated
Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the
Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published
once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any
unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  

	Section 8.07. 	Reinstatement. 

  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money
in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement
of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  

	Section 9.01. 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, to: 
  
 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, 
  

 -82- 

 (2) provide for the assumption by a successor of the Company’s or a Subsidiary
Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s
assets, as applicable, 
  
 (3) provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the
uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), 
  
 (4) add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes, 
  
 (5) secure the Notes, 
  
 (6) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company,

  
 (7) make any change that does not adversely
affect the rights of any Holder, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, 
  
 (8) conform the text of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the offering memorandum relating to the initial issuance of the Notes
to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, 
  
 (9) provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or
Additional Notes, or 
  
 (10) comply with any
requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described
in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate
agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.01 and Section
9.02, IAAI Finance, IAAI, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee may execute and deliver the Merger Supplemental Indenture, in each case without notice to or consent of any Holder. 
  

	Section 9.02. 	With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections
4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a
single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing 

  

 -83- 

 
Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default
resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
In addition, one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantees may be released with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly
affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of
Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company
with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may (with respect to any Notes
held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce
the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of
any Note; 
  
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon
the redemption of any Note or change the date at which any Note may be redeemed under Section 3.07; 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; 
  
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture governing the right of any Holder to receive payment
of principal of, and interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority 

  

 -84- 

 
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or to institute suit
for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
  
 (7) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (8) make
any change in the ranking of the Notes that is materially adverse to Holders or make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions which require each Holder’s consent; or 
  
 (9) make any change to paragraph (8) of the Notes providing for the Mandatory Redemption which would
adversely affect the rights of any of the Holders to receive the Mandatory Redemption Price. 
  

	Section 9.03. 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect. 
  

	Section 9.04. 	Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented
(and not thereafter revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  

	Section 9.05. 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for
all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

 

	Section 9.06. 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

  
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect
the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will
be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and (except in the case of 

  

 -85- 

 
the execution by the Trustee of the Merger Supplemental Indenture) an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10

  
 [RESERVED] 
  
 ARTICLE 11 
  
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
  

	Section 11.01. 	Guarantee. 

  
 (a) From and after the Effective Date and subject to this Article 11, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, as primary obligor and not merely as
surety, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally Guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
  
 (1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether
at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder whether
for payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification of the Trustee or otherwise, or thereunder will be punctually paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be punctually paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Subsidiary Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 (b) The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that (to the fullest extent
permitted by law) their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the
Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant (except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06 hereof) that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the monetary
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (c) If
any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Subsidiary
Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or 

  

 -86- 

 
such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 (d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as
between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6
hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from the
Company any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  

	Section 11.02. 	[Reserved] 

  

	Section 11.03. 	Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability. 

  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to
the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the
maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its
Subsidiary Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 11.01(d), are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  

	Section 11.04. 	Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
this Indenture or any supplemental indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release,
termination or discharge thereof. 
  
 The Company shall cause each
Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.18, and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.18, to promptly execute and deliver
to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set
forth in this Article 11. 
  

 -87- 

	Section 11.05. 	Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

  
 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.05 and Section 11.06, the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge
with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor to, any Person unless: 
  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

  
 (2) the Successor Guarantor will be a Person
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture and registration rights
agreement (if applicable), executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable),
respectively. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by such supplemental indenture, of such Subsidiary Guarantee, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect
as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes
will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or will prevent any sale, conveyance or transfer of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially
as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 The Company may permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor if such transaction would result in the release of the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.06 hereof. 
  
 The Company may permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such
Subsidiary Guarantor in another jurisdiction. 
  

	Section 11.06. 	Releases. 

  
 (a) The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged: 
  
 (1) in connection with any consolidation or merger if the
Subsidiary Guarantor or surviving Person shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company, if the consolidation or merger complies with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof; 
  

 -88- 

 (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies
with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (3) if the Subsidiary Guarantor is designated to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (4) in connection with any (direct or indirect) sale of Capital Stock or other transaction that results in such Subsidiary Guarantor
ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other transaction complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (5) upon the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its liability in respect of all Indebtedness (other than Immaterial Indebtedness)
of the Company and all other Subsidiary Guarantors; and 
  
 (6) upon legal defeasance of the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Upon any
such occurrence specified in this Section 11.06, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.06 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this
Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 
  
 ARTICLE 12

  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  

	Section 12.01. 	Satisfaction and Discharge. 

  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  
 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year            , or are to be called
for redemption within one year, and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations, 

  

 -89- 

 
or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire
Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
  
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a
Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Indenture; and

  
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
  
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions
precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In
addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  

	Section 12.02. 	Application of Trust Money. 

  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied
by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled
thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company’s and any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any
payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

	Section 12.03. 	Repayment to Company. 

  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated
Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note 

  

 -90- 

 
and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to
the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying
Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 ARTICLE 13 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	Section 13.01. 	Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

  
 If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this
Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified
or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be. 
  

	Section 13.02. 	Notices. 

  
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 
  
 Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 
 Two Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 600 
 Westchester, IL 60154 
 Facsimile No.: (708) 492-7575 
 Attention:
Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 
 4 Times Square 
 New York, New York 10036

 Facsimile No.: (917) 777-2918 
 Attention: Gregory A. Fernicola 
  
 If to the Trustee:

  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120 
 Sixth Street & Marquette
Avenue 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
 Facsimile No.: (612) 667-9825 
 Attention: IAAI Administrator 
  

 -91- 

 The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if
mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

	Section 13.03. 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	Section 13.04. 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

  
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
  

	Section 13.05. 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 
  
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  

 -92- 

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or
her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
  

	Section 13.06. 	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
  

	Section 13.07. 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, will have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	Section 13.08. 	Governing Law. 

  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

	Section 13.09. 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	Section 13.10. 	Successors. 

  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its
successors. All agreements of each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof. 
  

 -93- 

	Section 13.11. 	Severability. 

  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

	Section 13.12. 	Counterpart Originals. 

  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  

	Section 13.13. 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 -94- 

  
 SIGNATURES 

 
 Dated as of April 1, 2005 
  

			
	 IAAI FINANCE CORP.

		
	By:	 	/S/ JAMES J. CONNORS, II
	 	 	 Name: James J. Connors, II

	 	 	 Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	/S/ JEFFERY ROSE
	 	 	 Name: Jeffery Rose

	 	 	 Title: Corporate Trust Officer

  

 S-1 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

[Face of Note] 

  
 CUSIP/CINS
                     
  
 11% Senior Notes due 2013 
  

			
	 No.         
	  	$                    

  
 IAAI Finance Corp.

  
 promises to pay to
                 or registered assigns, 
  
 the principal sum of
                                        
                                        
                                        
                             DOLLARS on April 1, 2013. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1 
  
 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers. 
  
 Dated:
                     
  

			
	 IAAI FINANCE CORP.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes
referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

  

 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 11% Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 [Insert the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(3) if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 (1)
INTEREST. [Name of Company] (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11% per annum until maturity and shall
pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from
the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 20051[                    , 20    ]2. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium,
if any, from time to time on demand at the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or
September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The
Notes will be payable as to principal, 

	1	Include only for Notes issued on the Closing Date. 

  

	2	For any Additional Notes, insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such
Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance, or the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, as applicable. 

  

 A-2 

 premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose,
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be made with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent, provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by check mailed directly to the Holders at their addresses
set forth in the register of Holders maintained by the Registrar. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 (3) PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 1, 2005 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent
any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate
principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
  
 (5)
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. (a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to April 1, 2009. On or after April 1, 2009,
the Company will have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes to the
applicable redemption date, (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years set forth below:

  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	105.500	%
	 2010
	  	102.750	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Any such redemption
and notice thereof may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 
  
 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price or such redemption is rescinded in accordance with the Indenture, interest will cease
to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to April 1, 2008, the Company may, on any one or more
occasions, redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture with funds in the aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 111% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any such redemption: (1) at least 65% of the 

  

 A-3 

 
original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding and (2) any such
redemption by the Company must be made within 90 days of the related Equity Offering and must be made in accordance with certain procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 Any notice of such redemption may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption
or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  
 (6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set
forth in paragraph 8, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 (7) OFFER TO REPURCHASE. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as and to the extent provided in the
Indenture. Not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control, the Company shall mail notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control
Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Dispositions, to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash for all Asset Dispositions that is not applied in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture exceeds $10.0 million and
such Asset Disposition requires the purchase of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, the Company (i) will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company to the Holders for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a
purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription), set forth in the Indenture; and (ii) may purchase other Indebtedness of the Company on the terms and to the extent contemplated
thereby (provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase such other Indebtedness of the Company at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount (without premium), plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated
damages, if any, thereon) to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date
and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
  
 (8) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. In the event that (i) the IAAI Assumption is not consummated on or prior to September 22,
2005 or (ii) the Acquisition Agreement is terminated on or prior to September 22, 2005, for any reason, the Company shall redeem all the Notes at the applicable Mandatory Redemption Price on (a) September 29, 2005, in the event that the IAAI
Assumption is not consummated on or prior to September 22, 2005, or (b) the fifth day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) following the termination of the Acquisition Agreement. 
  
 (9) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph (5) will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date and notice of redemption pursuant to paragraph 8
will be mailed promptly after the occurrence of the event triggering such redemption, in each case to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except 

  

 A-4 

 
that redemption notices pursuant to paragraph (5) may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

  
 (10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE. The Notes are in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The
Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not transfer or exchange any Note for a period
of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner
for all purposes. 
  
 (12) AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that
has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,
without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a
Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, provide for the assumption by a successor of the Company’s or a Subsidiary Guarantor’s
obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets, as
applicable, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner
such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes, secure the Notes, add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Company, make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, conform the text of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s offering memorandum, relating to the initial issuance of the Notes to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a
verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, or comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the
Indenture under the TIA. 
  
 (13) DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, which default continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) a default in the payment of
principal of any Note when due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon required redemption 

  

 A-5 

 
or repurchase (including failure to make a payment to purchase Notes pursuant to the Mandatory Redemption), upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
(iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture, which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such
default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; (iv) the failure to pay at the Stated Maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the
principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company, or the acceleration of the Stated Maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or
otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in
default for failure to pay principal at the Stated Maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $20.0 million or more at any time; (v) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or a Significant Subsidiary; (vi) certain judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; and (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary
Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in
writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clause (iii) above will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the default and the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (iii) above after receipt of such notice. If any Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the
Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 (14)
TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or
its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 (15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of 

  

 A-6 

 
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

 
 (16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will
not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 (17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (=
tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 (18) [ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of [Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes]3 [Restricted Global Notes, Restricted Definitive Notes and Regulation S Temporary Global Note]4 will
have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005, among IAAI Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of
[Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes]5 [Restricted Global Notes, Restricted Definitive Notes and
Regulation S Temporary Global Note]6 will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements,
if any, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights
Agreement”).]7 
  
 (19) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

	3	Include for any Note other than a Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

  

	4	Include only for any Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

  

	5	Include for any Note other than a Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

  

	6	Include only for any Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

  

	7	Include for any Note other than an Exchange Note. 

  

 A-7 

 (20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 The Company will
furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 [Name of Company] 
 [Address] 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	 
	 	  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

  
  

  
  

  
  

 (Print or type
assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	  	 
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  
 Date:
                     
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  
  ̈ Section
4.10                                        
                  ̈ Section 4.15 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                     
  
 Date:                     

  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease
 in Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase
 in Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
following such
decrease
 (or increase)

	  	Signature of
authorized officer of
Trustee
or Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 [Name of Company] 
 [Address] 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120 
 Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
  

	 	Re:	11% Senior Notes due 2013 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the
“Indenture”), between IAAI Finance Corp., as issuer (“IAAI Finance”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                       
       (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or
a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the
Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that
the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction
was prearranged with a buyer in 

  

 B-1 

 
the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under
the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is
not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any
provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 

 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A,
Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to
the Indenture and (2) an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to
the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 B-2 

 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule
144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with
the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	 [Insert Name of Transferor]

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Dated:
                                 
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 [Name of Company] 
 [Address] 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120 
 Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
  

	 	Re:	11% Senior Notes due 2013 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the
“Indenture”), between IAAI Finance Corp., as issuer (“IAAI Finance”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                       
                       (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified
herein, in the principal amount of $                                 in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a 

  

 C-1 

 
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer
and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Company. 
  

			
	 [Insert Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Dated:
                                        
     
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 [Name of Company] 
 [Address] 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120 
 Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
  

	 	Re:	11% Senior Notes due 2013 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the
“Indenture”), between IAAI Finance Corp., as issuer (“IAAI Finance”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection
with our proposed purchase of $                             aggregate principal amount of: 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Definitive Note, 

  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and
conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2.
We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf
and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S.
broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that such transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of
this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	 [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Dated:
                                        
     
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS] 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                                , 200    , among
                                     (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a Subsidiary of [Name of Company] (or its permitted successor), a                     
corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 WITNESSETH 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 1, 2005 providing for the issuance of 11% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”); 
  

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary
Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of
the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide
an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof. 
  
 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. 
  
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL
LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 E-1 

 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Company. 
  

 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [NAME OF COMPANY]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [EXISTING SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,

	 as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 E-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00089-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00089-of-00352.parquet"}]]